FILE NO 1-9945

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON DC 20549

 


 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the month of November 2005

 

National Australia Bank Limited

ACN 004 044 937

(Registrant’s Name)

 

Level 24

500 Bourke Street

MELBOURNE   VICTORIA   3000

AUSTRALIA

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F ý

 

Form 40-F o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes o

 

No ý

 

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82

 

 



 

 



 

National Australia Bank Limited

ABN 12 004 044 937

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Section 1 - Media Release

 

Section 2 - Financial Summary

1

 

Reporting Format

2

 

Divisional Performance Summary

4

 

Group Performance Summary

5

 

Summary of Financial Position

6

 

Group Key Performance Measures

7

Section 3 - Group Performance Overview

8

 

Overview

9

 

 

Group Performance

9

 

 

Results excluding Irish Banks

10

Section 4 - Group Profitability and Capital

11

 

Profitability

12

 

 

Net Operating Income Before Tax

12

 

 

Net Interest Income

12

 

 

Net Life Insurance Income

14

 

 

Investment Earnings on Shareholders’ Retained Profits & Capital of Life Businesses

14

 

 

Other Operating Income

15

 

 

Operating Expenses

16

 

 

Asset Quality

17

 

 

Taxation

19

 

 

Significant Items

20

 

Balance Sheet & Capital

22

Section 5 - Divisional Performance Analysis

25

 

Total Australia

26

 

 

Australian Banking

28

 

 

Wealth Management Australia

31

 

Total UK

40

 

Total New Zealand

47

 

Institutional Markets & Services

50

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

55

Section 6 - Detailed Financial Information

57

 

1a.

Performance Summary by Division

 

58

 

1b.

Performance Summary for Total Banking

 

62

 

1c.

Performance Summary for Total Banking excluding Irish Banks

63

 

2.

Irish Banks

 

64

 

3.

Net Interest Income

 

67

 

4.

Net Interest Margins & Spreads

 

68

 

5.

Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

 

70

 

6.

Gross Loans & Advances

 

75

 

7.

Deposits & Other Borrowings

 

78

 

8.

Net Life Insurance Income

 

80

 

9.

Revenue

 

81

 

10.

Expenses

 

83

 

11.

Full Time Equivalent Employees

 

85

 

12.

Doubtful Debts

 

86

 

13.

Asset Quality

 

87

 

14.

Income Tax Reconciliation

 

89

 

15.

Significant Items

 

91

 

16.

Exchange Rates

 

92

 

17.

Capital Adequacy

 

94

 

18.

Reconciliation of Number of Shares

 

97

 

19.

Cash Earnings per Share

 

98

 

20.

Geographic Performance Summary

 

99

 

21.

Risk Management

 

100

 

22.

Transition to Australian Equivalents of International Financial Reporting Standards

102

 

Non-GAAP financial measures

 

111

 

Alphabetical Index

 

113

 



 

Financial Highlights

 

Cash Earnings

 

Cash earnings before significant items decreased by 4.4% to $3.31 billion compared with the 2004 full year.  However, cash earnings for the September 2005 half year, at $1.69 billion, were 4.6% higher than March 2005 half cash earnings.

 

Net Profit

 

Net profit before significant items increased by 11.1% for the full year to $4.37 billion, primarily due to a wealth management revaluation profit of $345 million.

 

Net profit after significant items, which included the profit on the sale of the Irish banks ($1.04 billion), the offsetting restructuring provision ($606 million) and TrUEPrS tax settlement cost ($97 million), increased by 30.1% to $4.13 billion.

 

Dividend

 

Final dividend has been maintained at 83 cents and will be 80% franked. Total dividend for the year is 166 cents and is also 80% franked.

 

Diluted cash earnings per share (Before significant items)

 

210.1 cents compared with 226 cents in the 2004 full year.

 

Cost to Income Ratio (Banking)

 

57.7% compared with 53.9 in the 2004 full year.

 

Net Interest Margin

 

2.20% compared with 2.35% in the 2004 full year.

 

Total Capital Ratio

 

10.45% compared with 10.58% at September 2004.

 

Return On Average Equity (Before significant items)

 

15.0% compared with 15.8% for the 2004 full year.

 

Return On Average Assets (Before significant items)

 

0.83%, unchanged compared with the 2004 full year.

 



 

 

Group Corporate Affairs

 

 

 

National Australia

 

Bank Limited

 

ABN 12004044937

 

 

 

 

 

500 Bourke Street

 

 

Melbourne

ASX Announcement

 

Victoria 3000

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

Wednesday, 9 November 2005

 

National Australia Bank recovery on track

 

National Australia Bank Managing Director and Group Chief Executive, John Stewart said the September 2005 full year results showed cash earnings continued to improve in the September half.

 

“The full year results show the turnaround is on track but we still have much work to do.”

 

“Cash earnings for the full year fell 4.4% to $3.31 billion compared with $3.46 billion in the 2004 full year as we stabilised the business. However, second half cash earnings rose by 4.6% compared with the March 2005 half year as we started to regain momentum,” he said.

 

The final dividend is unchanged at 83 cents and is 80% franked, making a full year dividend of 166 cents also 80% franked.

 

Income Growth

 

Total operating income increased by 6.3% to $13.86 billion.

 

“We are half way through a three-year turnaround and income growth is another indication we are delivering on the promises we made to rebuild the National’s businesses,” Mr Stewart said.

 

“The National’s earnings growth is acceptable for where we are in the turnaround. I am pleased we have won market share at acceptable margins while maintaining asset quality.”

 

Lending, Margins and Asset Quality

 

Total lending increased by 8.6% to $292 billion.

 

Asset quality remained stable with the ratio of non-accrual loans to total loans improving from 0.46% at September 2004 to 0.35% at September 2005.

 

Group net interest margin was 2.20% compared with 2.35% in 2004.

 

In Australia margin decline was in line with industry trends, falling from 2.65% to 2.51%.

 

Margin decline in the United Kingdom, excluding the Irish banks, was more pronounced, down from 4.16% to 3.84% due to the move to more competitive lending and deposit products.

 

Cost growth

 

Operating expenses for the year rose by 7.2% from $6.81 billion to $7.30 billion.

 

“Cost growth reflects a combination of compliance programs, rectifying customer issues and investment in brand recognition.”

 

“As we move through the turnaround and complete compliance projects, cost growth is expected to be limited to the level of inflation,” he said.

 



 

Net Profit and Significant Items

 

After significant items and a revaluation profit of $345 million for the wealth management operations net profit increased by 30.1% to $4.13 billion compared with $3.18 billion previously.

 

Significant items after tax for the 2005 full year net profit included:

 

              A profit of $1.04 billion on the sale of the Northern Bank and National Irish Bank in Ireland;

 

              An offsetting restructuring charge of $606 million; and

 

              Provision for settlement of the TrUEPrS tax dispute for $97 million.

 

Regional Business Commentary

 

“Each of our regional businesses is at a different stage in its development. The management teams in each region are developing strategies and action plans to leverage our franchises in each region.”

 

Australia

 

“The Australian business is well advanced in being stabilised and is rebuilding momentum.

 

A single business was created around customers, with lines of business assuming end-to-end accountability for products and services and with streamlined support functions.

 

“Market share gains have been made in the important housing and business lending sectors and a range of new products and services have been launched. Process and credit setting improvements have removed some of the impediments our bankers once faced when trying to fulfil customer needs.

 

“Market share gains in Australian banking were achieved in the second half while the net interest margin fell only slightly. This volume increase coupled with careful margin management has driven healthy half year banking income growth of 6.1%. Asset quality remained strong across the entire portfolio,” Mr Stewart said.

 

Cash earnings for Australian banking in the second half, excluding a number of one-off non-lending losses, improved by 3.8% compared to the first half.

 

For the full year, Australian banking and wealth management cash earnings were down 1.6% to $2.28 billion reflecting the after tax costs of non-lending losses due to over charging of annual fees on some financial packages ($63 million), over-collection of Bank Account Debits tax ($10 million) and over-charging of interest on fixed rate interest-only loans ($18 million).

 

The impact of the non-lending losses was offset by a 29.4% increase in cash earnings from wealth management due to solid growth in the investment business, improvement in the claims experience and strong investment earnings on retained profits and capital.

 

“A significant achievement was the large increase in cross selling of MLC investment products by the bank financial planners which was up by more than 25% compared with 2004.

 

“Careful management of costs we can control directly played an important role in the wealth management result. Staffing levels fell by 10% and the cost to premium income ratio fell from 18% to 15% in 2005.

 

“For the whole Australian business, increased costs associated with restructuring, investment, compliance programs and rectifying customer issues will be a focus of the new management team,” Mr Stewart said.

 

A provision of $409 million was taken during the year to cover the restructuring of the Australian banking and wealth management operations. This will produce $226 million of annual savings by 2007. Redundancies are expected to be approximately 2250 by September 2007, an increase of about 250 on previously announced redundancies.

 



 

United Kingdom

 

In local (UK) currency terms, the United Kingdom banking and wealth management operations announced cash earnings before tax of £297 million on a like for like basis.  This was stable on the previous year.

 

The impact of currency movements and loss of the contribution of the Irish Banks following their sale part way through the year meant that cash earnings declined by 13.9% to $526 million, when measured on an unadjusted basis.

 

“The UK has stabilised profits while conducting a major restructure to make the business more competitive, managing down margins towards market levels and investing in a major expansion program for future growth,” Mr Stewart said.

 

“To have delivered this result in a period of such enormous change is encouraging.  This business is now seeing strong results from key areas of investment and we believe has generated the momentum needed to see sustained growth.

 

Gross loans and acceptances in local (UK) currency as at September 2005 were up 22.9% on September 2004 while third party distribution of mortgages has exceeded expectations with $2.3 billion gained in new mortgages through this sales channel alone.

 

“The year has seen the UK management team implement the hard decisions that were needed to be efficient and competitive and to develop an offering that gives us an advantage against our competitors,” he said.

 

“We have continued the expansion of our integrated financial services business in the south of England, building a unique business that is already showing results, and are reconfiguring and revitalising our retail branch network across the UK.

 

“We have made great progress in re-engineering processes, simplifying management structures and improving the efficiency of business operations.  We have released a variety of new products in personal and business banking and invested in our brands, technology and compliance.

 

“There is still a great deal to do to complete the turnaround and, while we won’t be declaring victory until we see sustained improvements in income, we have the foundations for future growth and our business is turning the corner.”

 

New Zealand

 

Cash earnings rose by 7.8% for the year to September. The improvement in cash earnings followed improvement in market share in housing, agribusiness and retail deposits.

 

“The New Zealand result is particularly pleasing. We have consolidated on our successes of the last three years and have delivered a quality result, driven from strong performances in a number of key areas,” Mr Stewart said.

 

“The Bank of New Zealand is improving market share, business volumes and operating income despite a competitive market. Attention to improving customer service and products is paying off.

 

“The ‘Unbeatable’ fixed rate housing lending campaign was central to rising brand awareness and increasing market share,” he said.

 

Initiatives to continue to improve customer service resulted in Bank of New Zealand receiving an industry award for its call centre service for two years in a row.

 



 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

Institutional Markets & Services’ cash earnings increased by 9.9% to $613 million compared with the previous year.  During 2005 considerable effort was directed at continuing the remedial action program and improving the governance framework following the foreign currency option incident in 2004.

 

“The Institutional Markets & Services result demonstrates that management attention has focussed on building sustainable income streams and improved return on equity,” Mr Stewart said.

 

“During the year the IMS Asia presence has been consolidated in Hong Kong, there has been a reduction in low-yielding risk weighted assets and a focus on leveraging the National franchise to cross-sell.

 

“The impacts of restructuring and rebasing the business will continue to affect business performance.”

 

Outlook

 

The National has moved well down the path to stabilising its businesses and earnings momentum is evident on the back of improving business volumes and market shares in selected market segments.

 

“However, in our core markets, the domestic economic environment is expected to be more subdued for the next 12 months and competition is expected to increase in all areas of business,” Mr Stewart said.

 

“Global economic growth is forecast to be above 4% but this is driven by the United States, China and India with other economies recording below potential growth.

 

“In our core economies slower domestic demand will act to slow credit growth moderately.  Therefore in Australia and New Zealand both housing and business lending is expected to slow.

 

“In the United Kingdom consumer spending has already significantly slowed and the labour market is softening with modest increases in unemployment. This will increase the challenge of growing our business in each region.

 

“In these circumstances, our focus will be on rebuilding the businesses to ensure sustainable earnings growth over the longer term,” Mr Stewart said.

 

For further information:

 

Brandon Phillips

 

Samantha Evans

Group Manager, External Relations

 

External Relations Manager

03 8641 3857 work

 

03 8641 4982 work

0419 369 058 mobile

 

0404 883 509 mobile

 

 

 

Hany Messieh

 

 

Group Manager, Investor Relations

 

 

03 8641 2312 work

 

 

0414 446 876 mobile

 

 

 

Group and Regional websites:

 

ASX Announcements and Group information (www.nabgroup.com)

Australian operations (www.national.com.au)

Clydesdale Bank (www.cbonline.co.uk)

Yorkshire Bank (www.ybonline.co.uk)

Bank of New Zealand (www.bnz.co.nz)

Institutional Markets & Services (www.nabmarkets.com)

 

Disclaimer

 

This announcement contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “project”, “estimate”, “likely”, “intend”, “should”, “could”, “may”, “target”, “plan” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Indications of, and guidance on, future earnings and financial position and performance are also forward-looking statements.  Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of the Group, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.  There can be no assurance that actual outcomes will not differ materially from these statements.  For further information relating to the identification of forward-looking statements and important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such statements, see “Presentation of Information - Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the US Securities & Exchange Commission.

 



 

SECTION 2

 

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

 

1



 

REPORTING FORMAT

 

Reporting Structure

 

During 2005 the Group re-structured its business operating model to management along regional lines. To assist with the interpretation of the Group’s results, earnings are reported under the following structure, reflecting the new business operating model and have been revised from the reporting structure used in the prior year:

 

      Total Australia – comprises Australian Banking and Wealth Management Australia;

 

      Total UK – comprises UK Banking and Wealth Management UK;

 

      Total NZ – comprises New Zealand Banking and Wealth Management New Zealand; and

 

      Institutional Markets & Services (globally).

 

To further assist with the interpretation of the Group’s results, information is also presented on the following basis, which isolates the Wealth Management components of the business from the Banking operations. This is consistent with the prior year:

 

      Total Banking comprises:

      Australian Banking;

      UK Banking;

      NZ Banking;

      Institutional Markets & Services (globally); and

      Other (Group Funding and Corporate Centre).

 

      Wealth Management comprises:

      Wealth Management Australia (including Asia);

      Wealth Management UK; and

      Wealth Management New Zealand.

 

Prior Period Comparatives

 

During the year the Group introduced a common chart of general ledger accounts across its business operations and subsidiaries globally. In preparation for the introduction of this global chart of accounts, an extensive and detailed Group-wide review of general ledger account classifications was undertaken. As a result changes have been made to the classification between certain categories in the Group balance sheet to more appropriately reflect the nature of specific products, as follows:

 

      transfer of certain exposures from ‘On-Demand & Short-Term Deposits’ to ‘Due to Other Financial Institutions’ and ‘Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase’ totalling $3,357 million at 30 September 2004;

 

      transfer of certain exposures from ‘Due to Other Financial Institutions’ to ‘On-Demand & Short-Term Deposits’ totalling $939 million at 30 September 2004;

 

      transfer of certain loans from ‘Overdrafts’ to ‘Term Lending’ totalling $5,346 million at 30 September 2004; and

 

      transfer of certain loans from ‘Overdrafts’ to ‘Market Rate Advances’ totalling $450 million at 30 September 2004.

 

Comparatives have also been adjusted following the finalisation of the sale of the Irish banks to correctly record the inter-company balances between the United Kingdom and Irish banks. These adjustments affect net interest margins and net interest spreads reported for the United Kingdom. The adjustments have no effect on previously reported Group profit or margins.

 

The nature of these reclassifications and corrections has been fully disclosed in the release to ASX dated 20 April 2005 and 24 October 2005 respectively. Please refer to the National’s website at www.nabgroup.com for a copy of these announcements.

 

Cash Earnings

 

Dividends paid by the Group are based on after-tax cash earnings (excluding significant items). Cash earnings is a key performance measure used by the investment community, as well as by those Australian peers of the Group with a similar business portfolio. Refer to the Non-GAAP financial measures section on page 111 for an explanation and page 4 for a reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit.

 

2



 

Diluted Cash Earnings per Share

 

Management use growth in diluted cash earnings per share (EPS) as a key indicator of performance as this takes full account of the impact of the exchangeable capital units (ExCaps) and provides a consistent basis for period on period comparison moving forward.

 

Under the terms of the ExCaps the National has the option to require the exchange of all, but not part, of the ExCaps at any time for 7 7/8% convertible non-cumulative preference shares of the National. Holders of the ExCaps or the convertible non-cumulative preference shares have the option to exchange their holding for ordinary shares of the National (or at the National’s option, cash) at a specified date and the National also has the right to redeem, all or part of the convertible non-cumulative preference shares, under a special offer at any time after 19 March, 2007, with the prior consent of APRA.

 

A reconciliation of the calculation of diluted cash earnings per share appears in note 19.

 

3



 

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE SUMMARY (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Cash earnings (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

1a

 

910

 

951

 

(4.3

)

1,861

 

1,993

 

(6.6

)

Wealth Management Australia (3) (4)

 

1a

 

220

 

194

 

13.4

 

414

 

320

 

29.4

 

Total Australia

 

 

 

1,130

 

1,145

 

(1.3

)

2,275

 

2,313

 

(1.6

)

UK Banking

 

1a

 

215

 

266

 

(19.2

)

481

 

594

 

(19.0

)

Wealth Management UK

 

1a

 

14

 

31

 

(54.8

)

45

 

17

 

large

 

Total UK

 

 

 

229

 

297

 

(22.9

)

526

 

611

 

(13.9

)

New Zealand Banking

 

1a

 

160

 

159

 

0.6

 

319

 

296

 

7.8

 

Wealth Management New Zealand

 

1a

 

8

 

4

 

large

 

12

 

11

 

9.1

 

Total New Zealand

 

 

 

168

 

163

 

3.1

 

331

 

307

 

7.8

 

Institutional Markets & Services (4)

 

1a

 

305

 

308

 

(1.0

)

613

 

558

 

9.9

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

1a

 

(31

)

(200

)

84.5

 

(231

)

(141

)

(63.8

)

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

 

 

1,801

 

1,713

 

5.1

 

3,514

 

3,648

 

(3.7

)

Distributions

 

 

 

(109

)

(95

)

(14.7

)

(204

)

(187

)

(9.1

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

1,692

 

1,618

 

4.6

 

3,310

 

3,461

 

(4.4

)

Weighted av no. of ordinary shares (million)

 

19

 

1,563

 

1,555

 

(0.5

)

1,559

 

1,515

 

(2.9

)

Cash earnings per share before significant items (cents)

 

19

 

108.3

 

104.0

 

4.1

 

212.3

 

228.5

 

(7.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items (cents)

 

 

 

107.1

 

103.0

 

4.0

 

210.1

 

226.0

 

(7.0

)

Reconciliation to net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

1,692

 

1,618

 

4.6

 

3,310

 

3,461

 

(4.4

)

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(450

)

821

 

large

 

371

 

(384

)

large

 

Cash earnings after significant items

 

 

 

1,242

 

2,439

 

(49.1

)

3,681

 

3,077

 

19.6

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

456

 

154

 

large

 

610

 

374

 

(63.1

)

Distributions

 

 

 

109

 

95

 

(14.7

)

204

 

187

 

(9.1

)

Wealth Management revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

294

 

51

 

large

 

345

 

16

 

large

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

(48

)

(50

)

4.0

 

(98

)

(103

)

4.9

 

Net profit

 

 

 

2,053

 

2,689

 

(23.7

)

4,742

 

3,551

 

33.5

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

(456

(154

)

large

 

(610

)

(374

)

(63.1

)

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

1,597

 

2,535

 

(37.0

)

4,132

 

3,177

 

30.1

 

Distributions

 

 

 

(109

)

(95

)

(14.7

)

(204

)

(187

)

(9.1

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

1,488

 

2,440

 

(39.0

)

3,928

 

2,990

 

31.4

 

 


(1)  Northern Bank and National Irish Bank were disposed on 28 February 2005.

(2)  Cash earnings is a performance measure used by the management of the Group. Refer to ‘Non-GAAP financial measures’ on page 111 for a complete discussion of cash earnings.

(3)  Wealth Management Australia division includes Asian operations.

(4)  Cash earnings after outside equity interest.

 

4



 

GROUP PERFORMANCE SUMMARY (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Banking (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

3,527

 

3,549

 

(0.6

)

7,076

 

7,184

 

(1.5

)

Other operating income (2) (3)

 

9

 

2,175

 

2,029

 

7.2

 

4,204

 

4,024

 

4.5

 

Banking net operating income (2)

 

 

 

5,702

 

5,578

 

2.2

 

11,280

 

11,208

 

0.6

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

2

 

4

 

(50.0

)

6

 

7

 

(14.3

)

Net life insurance income ex IORE (4)

 

8

 

1,031

 

495

 

large

 

1,526

 

919

 

66.1

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life businesses (IORE)

 

8

 

83

 

63

 

31.7

 

146

 

93

 

57.0

 

Other operating income (3)

 

9

 

437

 

461

 

(5.2

)

898

 

807

 

11.3

 

Total operating income

 

 

 

7,255

 

6,601

 

9.9

 

13,856

 

13,034

 

6.3

 

Banking operating expenses (2)

 

10

 

(3,287

)

(3,165

)

(3.9

)

(6,452

)

(5,978

)

(7.9

)

Wealth Management operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(441

)

(411

)

(7.3

)

(852

)

(834

)

(2.2

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(253

)

(281

)

10.0

 

(534

)

(559

)

4.5

 

Net operating income before tax

 

 

 

3,274

 

2,744

 

19.3

 

6,018

 

5,663

 

6.3

 

Banking income tax expense (2)

 

14

 

(603

)

(648

)

6.9

 

(1,251

)

(1,362

)

8.1

 

Wealth Management income tax expense

 

14

 

(414

)

(229

)

(80.8

)

(643

)

(279

)

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions including outside equity interest

 

 

 

2,257

 

1,867

 

20.9

 

4,124

 

4,022

 

2.5

 

Wealth Management revaluation profit after tax

 

1a

 

294

 

51

 

large

 

345

 

16

 

large

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

(48

)

(50

)

4.0

 

(98

)

(103

)

4.9

 

Net profit before significant items

 

 

 

2,503

 

1,868

 

34.0

 

4,371

 

3,935

 

11.1

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(450

)

821

 

large

 

371

 

(384

)

large

 

Net profit

 

 

 

2,053

 

2,689

 

(23.7

)

4,742

 

3,551

 

33.5

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

(456

)

(154

)

large

 

(610

)

(365

)

(67.1

)

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

large

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

1,597

 

2,535

 

(37.0

)

4,132

 

3,177

 

30.1

 

Distributions

 

 

 

(109

)

(95

)

(14.7

)

(204

)

(187

)

(9.1

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

1,488

 

2,440

 

(39.0

)

3,928

 

2,990

 

31.4

 

 


(1)  Northern Bank and National Irish Bank were disposed on 28 February 2005.

(2)  Banking refers to Total Banking adjusted for eliminations. Refer to note 1a for further details.

(3)  Other operating income excludes net interest income, net life insurance income ex IORE, investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses (IORE) and revaluation profit/(loss).

(4)  Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses (IORE)).

(5)  Operating expenses excludes life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income.

 

Refer to Note 1a Performance Summary by Division for a reconciliation of the Divisional results to the Group

Performance Summary set out above. Note 1a also provides a reconciliation of Total Banking and Total Wealth

Management results as set out above.

 

5



 

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL POSITION (1)

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

 

 

8,430

 

6,929

 

8,080

 

21.7

 

4.3

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

15,477

 

18,520

 

23,494

 

(16.4

)

(34.1

)

Due from customers on acceptances

 

 

 

27,627

 

21,567

 

16,344

 

28.1

 

69.0

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

15,957

 

19,771

 

24,248

 

(19.3

)

(34.2

)

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

13,959

 

17,122

 

17,939

 

(18.5

)

(22.2

)

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

3,857

 

3,474

 

4,610

 

11.0

 

(16.3

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

7,466

 

8,666

 

11,513

 

(13.8

)

(35.2

)

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

 

 

50,500

 

43,917

 

41,013

 

15.0

 

23.1

 

Loans and advances

 

 

 

260,053

 

246,756

 

247,836

 

5.4

 

4.9

 

Shares in entities and other securities

 

 

 

75

 

146

 

158

 

(48.6

)

(52.5

)

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

118

 

121

 

177

 

(2.5

)

(33.3

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

1,974

 

2,019

 

2,257

 

(2.2

)

(12.5

)

Income tax assets

 

 

 

1,530

 

1,460

 

1,367

 

4.8

 

11.9

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

522

 

571

 

632

 

(8.6

)

(17.4

)

Other assets

 

 

 

12,043

 

11,623

 

11,641

 

3.6

 

3.5

 

Total assets

 

 

 

419,588

 

402,662

 

411,309

 

4.2

 

2.0

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

36,322

 

35,020

 

43,768

 

3.7

 

(17.0

)

Liability on acceptances

 

 

 

27,627

 

21,567

 

16,344

 

28.1

 

69.0

 

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

12,407

 

14,911

 

16,150

 

(16.8

)

(23.2

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

7

 

209,079

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

1.6

 

(4.5

)

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

42,123

 

38,494

 

36,134

 

9.4

 

16.6

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

1,381

 

1,243

 

1,178

 

11.1

 

17.2

 

Provisions

 

 

 

1,823

 

1,494

 

1,129

 

22.0

 

61.5

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

 

 

39,238

 

36,536

 

32,573

 

7.4

 

20.5

 

Other debt issues

 

 

 

1,559

 

1,586

 

1,612

 

(1.7

)

(3.3

)

Other liabilities

 

 

 

13,749

 

13,944

 

13,627

 

(1.4

)

0.9

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

385,308

 

370,661

 

381,543

 

4.0

 

1.0

 

Net assets

 

 

 

34,280

 

32,001

 

29,766

 

7.1

 

15.2

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

 

 

7,552

 

7,388

 

7,271

 

2.2

 

3.9

 

National Income Securities

 

 

 

1,945

 

1,945

 

1,945

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

975

 

975

 

975

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

 

 

1,014

 

1,014

 

 

 

large

 

Contributed equity

 

17

 

11,486

 

11,322

 

10,191

 

1.4

 

12.7

 

Reserves

 

17

 

667

 

802

 

1,194

 

(16.8

)

(44.1

)

Retained profits

 

17

 

15,903

 

15,770

 

14,515

 

0.8

 

9.6

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

 

 

28,056

 

27,894

 

25,900

 

0.6

 

8.3

 

Outside equity interest in controlled entities Wealth Management

 

17

 

6,224

 

4,107

 

3,866

 

51.5

 

61.0

 

Total equity

 

 

 

34,280

 

32,001

 

29,766

 

7.1

 

15.2

 

 


(1)  Northern Bank and National Irish Bank were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

6



 

GROUP KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share before significant items

 

19

 

108.3

 

104.0

 

212.3

 

228.5

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items

 

19

 

107.1

 

103.0

 

210.1

 

226.0

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share after significant items

 

 

 

79.5

 

156.8

 

236.1

 

203.1

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share after significant items (2)

 

 

 

95.2

 

156.9

 

251.9

 

197.3

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. million)

 

19

 

1,563

 

1,555

 

1,559

 

1,515

 

Weighted average diluted shares (no. million)

 

19

 

1,629

 

1,622

 

1,626

 

1,582

 

Dividends per share (cents)

 

 

 

83

 

83

 

166

 

166

 

Performance (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity before significant items

 

 

 

16.2

%

14.0

%

15.0

%

15.8

%

Cash earnings on average equity before significant items

 

 

 

14.0

%

14.0

%

14.0

%

16.2

%

Return on average assets before significant items

 

 

 

0.91

%

0.76

%

0.83

%

0.83

%

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

4

 

1.69

%

1.74

%

1.71

%

1.94

%

Net interest margin

 

4

 

2.20

%

2.19

%

2.20

%

2.35

%

Profitability (before significant items)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE ($’000)

 

 

 

86

 

76

 

81

 

80

 

Banking cost to income ratio (4)

 

1b

 

58.1

%

57.4

%

57.7

%

53.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

17

 

7.86

%

8.30

%

7.34

%

Tier 2 ratio

 

17

 

3.60

%

4.12

%

4.26

%

Deductions

 

17

 

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

(1.02

)%

Total capital ratio

 

17

 

10.45

%

11.37

%

10.58

%

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

17

 

5.49

%

5.84

%

5.30

%

Assets ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

292

 

273

 

269

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

17

 

290

 

279

 

287

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

13

 

0.35

%

0.41

%

0.46

%

Net impaired assets to total equity (parent entity interest)

 

13

 

2.5

%

2.7

%

3.5

%

General provision to risk-weighted assets

 

13

 

0.71

%

0.73

%

0.74

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

13

 

34.9

%

34.9

%

32.3

%

General and specific provisions to gross impaired assets

 

13

 

235.8

%

216.8

%

198.1

%

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration

 

 

 

91

 

85

 

81

 

Assets under custody and administration

 

 

 

410

 

372

 

432

 

Full-time equivalent employees (no.)

 

11

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

43,517

 

 


(1)  Northern Bank and National Irish Bank were disposed on 28 February 2005.

(2)  Basic earnings are defined as “Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders”.

(3)  “Return” calculations use “Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders”.

(4)  Total Banking cost to income ratio is before eliminations (refer note 1b). Costs include total expenses excluding significant items, goodwill amortisation, the charge to provide for doubtful debts and interest expense. Income includes total revenue excluding significant items and net of interest expense. Refer to ‘Non-GAAP financial measures’ for a complete discussion of the cost to income ratio on page 112.

 

7



 

SECTION 3

 

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

GROUP PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

 

8



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Overview

 

OVERVIEW

 

Group performance

 

Year to 30 September 2005

 

Activity in the September 2005 year has focused on making the operational changes required to stabilise the Group’s performance. This process is well advanced with focus now moving towards rebuilding the competitive position of each business and restoring the Group’s profitability.

 

Cash earnings before significant items of $3,310 million are 4.4% lower than the September 2004 year result of $3,461 million. At constant exchange rates the year-on-year comparison is 4.3%.

 

The Group’s performance was impacted by a range of factors:

 

      sale of the Irish banks (refer page 10 for full details of the impact on earnings);

 

      one-off costs notably the South Korea litigation, the Northern Bank robbery and reimbursements to customers of overcharged fees and taxes;

 

      a deliberate change in strategy for the Institutional Markets and Services (IMS) business which has resulted in a reduction in low yielding assets unfavourably impacting cash earnings but improving return on assets and return on equity; and

 

      continued pressure on costs, particularly due to one-off costs and regulatory and compliance projects including Basel, Sarbanes-Oxley and IFRS. Significant restructuring and investment plans have been developed across all of the Group’s business units to address the cost pressures identified.

 

Business volumes and revenue are showing encouraging early signs of gathering momentum across all regions, albeit offset to a limited extent by margin compression in the first half of the year. In addition a strong result for Wealth Management in Australia reflects favourable investment markets.

 

Despite increased volumes, asset quality remains sound with reductions in the overall level of impaired assets and past due loans.

 

Further details are discussed below.

 

Excluding the contribution to the result from the Irish banks for September 2005 and 2004 and one-off costs, cash earnings before significant items on an ongoing basis increased by 3.7% year on year.

 

Cash earnings after significant items increased from $3,077 million in the September 2004 year, to $3,681 million in the September 2005 year. The prior year included an after-tax significant items loss of $384 million, compared to an after-tax significant items profit of $371 million in the September 2005 year. The September 2005 year significant items consisted of:

 

      net profit on the sale of Northern and National Irish Banks, after all disposal costs including taxation, of $1,043 million;

 

      restructuring costs of $606 million (after-tax);

 

      provision for settlement of a taxation dispute with the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) in respect of the TrUEPrSSM capital raising transaction of $97 million (refer page 20 for further details);

 

      reversal of provision in relation to foreign currency options trading loss of $24 million (after-tax); and

 

      reversal of 2002 restructuring provisions of $7 million (after-tax).

 

After including significant items, net profit attributable to members of the Company increased from $3,177 million in the September 2004 year to $4,132 million in the September 2005 year. This included a $345 million Wealth Management revaluation profit after tax compared with a profit of $16 million in the prior year, primarily reflecting improved investment returns.

 

The final dividend of 83 cents per share has been declared and this will be 80% franked. This results in a full year dividend of 166 cents per share, 80% franked.

 

Half year to 30 September 2005

 

The Group’s underlying performance showed good signs of gathering momentum during the second half of the year across all businesses, other than IMS. Volumes have continued to increase in all regions at the same time as maintaining the overall Group net interest margin (2.20% at September 2005 as compared to 2.19% at March 2005). Cash earnings before significant items of $1,692 million increased 4.6% on the March 2005 half year result of $1,618 million. At constant exchange rates the half-on-half comparison is 5.1%.

 

Cash earnings after significant items of $1,242 million for the September 2005 half were 49.1% lower than the March 2005 half year. The September 2005 half included unfavourable significant items of $450 million

 

9



 

(primarily related to restructuring costs), compared with a favourable March 2005 half of $821 million, due to the sale of the Irish banks.

 

Results excluding Irish Banks

 

On 28 February 2005 the sale of Northern Bank and National Irish Bank (the ‘Irish Banks’) to Danske Bank A/S was completed on terms consistent with the original sale announcement on 14 December 2004. This generated a net profit on sale after all disposal costs including taxation of $1,043 million. Adjustments have been made to set out what the September 2005 year results would have been had the Irish Banks been sold on 30 September 2004 as follows:

 

      exclusion of net profit on sale;

 

      exclusion of the Irish Banks’ reported profits for the five months up to the sale date of 28 February 2005;

 

      inclusion of certain fixed UK head office expenses that can no longer be recharged to the Irish Banks and income recharges to be received by the UK for transitional services provided to the Irish Banks; and

 

      inclusion of the funding benefit from the sale proceeds of $2,493 million calculated at an average rate of 5% per annum.

 

Refer to Significant Items on page 20 for further details.

 

The following table sets out a proforma Group cash earnings result excluding the Irish Banks for the September 2005 year.

 

 

 

 

 

Adjust for

 

 

 

 

 

Group
reported
results
(12 mths)

 

Net profit
on sale of
Irish
Banks

 

Irish
Banks
profit
(5 mths)

 

Income &
expense
charges
(5 mths)

 

Funding
benefit
(5 mths)

 

Ongoing
results
(12 mths)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

7,082

 

 

(197

)

 

52

 

6,937

 

Net life insurance income

 

1,526

 

 

 

 

 

1,526

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life bus.

 

146

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

Other operating income

 

5,102

 

 

(82

)

23

 

 

5,043

 

Net operating income

 

13,856

 

 

(279

)

23

 

52

 

13,652

 

Operating expenses

 

(7,304

)

 

203

 

(51

)

 

(7,152

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(534

)

 

6

 

 

 

(528

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

6,018

 

 

(70

)

(28

)

52

 

5,972

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

(640

)

 

 

 

 

 

(640

)

Other

 

(1,254

)

 

22

 

8

 

(16

)

(1,240

)

Cash earnings before significant items, outside equity interest & distributions

 

4,124

 

 

(48

)

(20

)

36

 

4,092

 

Significant items after tax

 

371

 

(1,043

)

 

 

 

(672

)

Net profit – outside equity interest

 

(610

)

 

 

 

 

(610

)

Distributions

 

(204

)

 

 

 

 

(204

)

Cash earnings after significant items

 

3,681

 

(1,043

)

(48

)

(20

)

36

 

2,606

 

 

10



 

SECTION 4

 

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

GROUP PROFITABILITY AND CAPITAL

 

11



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Profitability

 

PROFITABILITY

 

Net Operating Income Before Tax

 

Group net operating income before tax increased 6.3% from the September 2004 year, and 19.3% from the March 2005 half.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Banking net interest income decreased 1.5% from the September 2004 year and 0.6% from the March 2005 half. The result reflects declining margins in all regions and the impact of the sale of the Irish Banks on 28 February 2005, partly offset by underlying volume growth.

 

Volumes by Division

 

 

 

 

 

Fav/
(Unfav)

 

 

 

Fav/
(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Ex FX %(2)

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Ex FX %(2)

 

Average interest-earning assets (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

159.9

 

150.1

 

6.5

 

155.0

 

139.2

 

11.4

 

UK Banking

 

43.9

 

54.5

 

(17.1

)

49.2

 

54.3

 

(7.4

)

New Zealand Banking

 

33.2

 

31.1

 

7.1

 

32.1

 

27.5

 

12.7

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

128.2

 

139.8

 

(7.0

)

133.8

 

129.9

 

3.9

 

Other (3)

 

(45.3

)

(50.6

)

8.9

 

(47.7

)

(44.4

)

(7.5

)

Group average interest-earning assets

 

319.9

 

324.9

 

(0.8

)

322.4

 

306.5

 

5.6

 

 


(1)  Interest-earning assets include intercompany balances.

(2)  Change expressed at constant foreign exchange rates.

(3)  Other includes the Wealth Management regional operations, Group Funding, Corporate Centre and Inter-divisional eliminations.

 

Average interest-earning assets increased $15.9 billion, or 5.6% on the September 2004 year. This was driven primarily by a $15.6 billion increase in loans and advances. Adjusting for the Irish Banks, average interest earning assets increased $23.7 billion, or 8.5% on the September 2005 year.

 

On a divisional basis, the $15.6 billion increase in loans and advances on the September 2004 year is primarily driven by the Australian Banking business, and, on a product basis, reflects growth in the Group’s housing book and improved business lending. Key factors contributing to this outcome were:

 

      reflecting stabilisation of housing market share, Australian Banking experienced growth of $11.3 billion (12.6%) in housing lending on the September 2004 year. Non-housing lending grew $4.4 billion (10.4%) primarily fixed-rate interest-only term lending and leasing, which increased 18.1% and 11.0% respectively;

 

      of the growth in New Zealand Banking’s average interest-earning assets, $2.9 billion is due to growth in residential mortgages (up 22.9%, or 18.6% at constant exchange rates to $15.4 billion), reflecting market share improvements from 15.9% to 16.2%. Non-housing lending grew 15.3%, or 11.2% at constant exchange rates;

 

      Excluding the Irish Banks and at constant exchange rates, average underlying housing loan balances in UK Banking increased 20.0%, reflecting new products and branding strategies, and the move into the third party distribution channel. Average underlying non-housing loan balances in the UK grew 10.2% at constant exchange rates, with growth primarily in variable-rate term lending; and

 

      Institutional Markets & Services average loans and advances increased 1.4%, or 2.5% at constant exchange rates on the September 2004 year.

 

Average marketable debt securities grew $0.4 billion, or 1.0%, on the September 2004 year. Higher balances of Markets’ division assets reflecting business growth in the December 2004 quarter were reduced during the remainder of the 2005 year, following the Group’s strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets.

 

Refer to Note 5 for further details.

 

12



 

Net Interest Margin

 

Group net interest margin declined 15 basis points during the year from 2.35% to 2.20%, (compared to the March 2005 half, the net interest margin has increased 1 basis point from 2.19%). Drivers of the decline varied across the Group’s businesses.

 

In analysing the divisional results, it should be noted that as part of the annual process for aligning the operating divisions’ economic capital usage with the Group’s target capital position, capital allocations to the Group’s banking divisions were reviewed with effect from 1 October 2004. This impacted the capital allocated to each division and also included an attribution of the interest cost of other forms of capital such as subordinated debt and hybrid equity instruments on a usage basis. The divisional impact on net interest income for the September 2005 year, which is neutral at the Group level, is summarised below:

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

$m

 

Australian Banking

 

76

 

UK Banking

 

16

 

New Zealand Banking

 

(36

)

Institutional Markets & Services

 

20

 

Group Funding

 

(76

)

Group

 

 

 

Including these effects, divisional net interest margin movements on the September 2004 year are summarised as follows:

 

      Australian Banking’s margin declined 14 basis points (19 basis points excluding the capital reallocation). This reflects ongoing competitive pressure on margins, the continuing shift in the balance sheet to lower-margin lending (primarily home loans and fixed rate term lending), lower-margin deposits (primarily term deposits), and an increase in wholesale funding;

 

      UK Banking’s margin declined 24 basis points (37 basis points excluding the capital reallocation (4bps) and the benefit of the proceeds from the sale of the Irish Banks (9bps)). In relation to UK Ongoing Operations, the underlying net interest margin declined 32 basis points. This reflects a continuing move to lower-margin lending (mainly housing and variable-rate term loans) as these products have been re-priced as part of the volume growth expansion strategy, reduced lending margins (primarily for fixed-rate personal loans, variable-rate mortgages and credit cards), an unfavourable deposit product mix, and an adverse result from interest rate management;

 

      New Zealand Banking’s margin declined 18 basis points (7 basis points excluding the capital reallocation). This has been driven by growth in lower-margin fixed rate products as customers prefer to lock in lower fixed rates in a rising interest rate environment, competitive pressure for lending products (particularly in cards and housing), and an increased reliance on wholesale funding, partly offset by favourable deposit margins and an increased contribution from interest rate management;

 

      Institutional Markets & Services’ margin declined 6 basis points (8 basis points excluding the capital reallocation). This reflects reduced income generated in the Markets business due to the impact of a flatter yield curve environment, partly offset by the reversal of capitalised interest income on a non-accrual loan in the September 2004 year, and favourable changes to the structured finance and corporate loan portfolios; and

 

      Group Funding’s net interest income has increased, reflecting the results of the Group’s ongoing funding activities and capital management.

 

Net interest margin – contribution to the movement in the Group net interest margin on the
September 2004 year (excluding internal capital reallocation)

 

 

13



 

As a result, on a weighted basis, the division having the greatest impact on the Group’s 15 basis point margin decline was UK Banking, contributing 14 basis points of the decline on a weighted basis, with Institutional Markets & Services’ contributing 4 basis points, and Australian Banking contributing 3 basis points, partly offset by a 4 basis point increase from Group Funding and a 2 basis point increase from New Zealand Banking.

 

Net Life Insurance Income

 

The Group reports its results in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1038 “Life Insurance Business”. AASB 1038 requires that the interests of policyholders in the statutory funds of the life insurance business be reported in the consolidated results.

 

Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital of the life insurance businesses). As the tax expense/benefit is attributable primarily to the policyholders, the movement in net life insurance income should be viewed on an after tax basis. In addition, net life insurance income includes investment revenue attributable to consolidated registered schemes with a corresponding increase in net profit attributable to outside equity interests. The life insurance funds of the life insurance companies conduct superannuation, investment and insurance-related businesses (ie. Protection business including Term & Accident, Critical Illness and Disability insurance and Traditional Whole of Life and Endowment).

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav/
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Net life insurance income

 

1,031

 

495

 

large

 

1,526

 

919

 

66.1

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital (before tax) – see below

 

83

 

63

 

31.7

 

146

 

93

 

57.0

 

Interest expense, income tax expense and outside equity interest

 

(912

)

(360

)

Large

 

(1,272

)

(683

)

(86.2

)

Net profit of life insurance funds after outside equity interest

 

202

 

198

 

2.0

 

400

 

329

 

21.6

 

 

Net life insurance income after tax has increased 21.6% on the September 2004 year and increased 2.0% in the September 2005 half. This is primarily due to increased investment revenue reflecting the improved performance of global equity markets compared to the September 2004 year, partially offset by the corresponding increase in policy liabilities. Increased fee revenue due to higher average funds under management, and higher annual inforce premiums, was partly offset by the loss of transitional tax relief from 1 July 2005. The September 2004 year included the recognition of an unfavourable prior year adjustment of $50 million.

 

Investment Earnings on Shareholders’ Retained Profits and Capital of Life Businesses (IORE)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav/
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital (before tax)

 

83

 

63

 

31.7

 

146

 

93

 

57.0

 

Income tax expense and outside equity interest

 

(15

)

(15

)

 

(30

)

(22

)

(36.4

)

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital

 

68

 

48

 

41.7

 

116

 

71

 

63.4

 

 

Investment earnings generated on shareholders’ invested capital in the life insurance statutory funds for the year to September 2005 was $116 million (after-tax), in line with the strong performance of the major stock markets over the year. The September 2004 year was impacted by more subdued equity market returns, with the Asian operations particularly impacted by the significant volatility of the MSCI World Index.

 

14



 

Other Operating Income

 

Year to 30 September 2005

 

Total Banking other operating income increased by 4.3% (or 4.7% at constant exchange rates) on the September 2004 year to $4,343 million. Excluding the impact of the Irish Banks, other operating income grew $290 million or 7.3% which reflects the following factors:

 

      Profit on UK property transactions of $51 million;

 

      New income from Danske Bank A/S of $46 million for the provision of transitional services (with offsetting expense recorded in operating expenses);

 

      Trading income increased by $96 million reflecting an improved trading environment throughout the year increasing activity in interest rate and exchange rate derivatives;

 

      Loan fees from banking grew by $76 million reflecting solid bill fee growth in Australia and the impact of growth from introduction of the third party distribution channels and expansion of Integrated Financial Solutions centres in the UK;

 

      Fees and commissions income grew $36 million driven by customer growth and activity in the master custody and cards businesses;

 

      Foreign exchange income increased by $31 million resulting from funding activities undertaken during the September 2005 half; and

 

      A change in accounting presentation in the cards and custody areas (which is offset by corresponding expense increases), increased income by $24 million.

 

Partly offset by:

 

      Impact from sale of UK custodian business to Bank of New York in September 2004 of $29 million.

 

Wealth Management other operating income increased by $91 million (11.3%) to $898 million, reflecting higher management fee income. The September 2005 year was also favourably impacted by the receipt of a $39 million insurance recovery relating to National Australia Financial Management Limited (NAFiM) investor compensation payments ($27 million was received from the Group’s captive-insurance company, with no impact at the Group level).

 

Half year to 30 September 2005

 

Total Banking other operating income increased by 5.8% (or 6.5% at constant exchange rates) on the March 2005 half to $2,233 million. Excluding the impact of the Irish Banks, other operating income grew $203 million or 10% which reflects the following factors:

 

      Profit on UK property transactions of $51 million;

 

      Income from Danske Bank A/S $36 million for the provision of transitional services (with offsetting expense recorded in operating expenses);

 

      Loan fees from banking grew $35 million reflecting solid bill fee growth in Australian Banking the impact of growth from introduction of the Third Party distribution channels and expansion of Integrated Financial Solutions centres in the UK;

 

      Foreign exchange income increased by, $37 million, resulting from funding activities undertaken during the September 2005 half;

 

      Higher income reflecting customer growth and activity in the master custody and cards businesses, in addition to the introduction of new products and growth from electronic transaction fees, $22 million; and

 

      A change in accounting presentation in the cards and custody areas (which is offset by corresponding expense increases), increased income by $16 million.

 

Partly offset by:

 

      Trading income was down reflecting lower sales activity due to timing of significant deals and seasonal conditions in the Northern Hemisphere;

 

Wealth Management other operating income decreased by $24 million (5.2%) on the March 2005 half to $437 million. The September 2005 half was also unfavourably impacted due to amounts of $19 million in profit share income for creditor insurance in the UK, and $15 million in insurance recoveries received relating to NAFiM investor compensation payments being recorded in the March 2005 half.

 

15



 

Operating Expenses

 

Year to 30 September 2005

 

Total Banking expenses grew 7.7% (or 8.1% at constant exchange rates) on the September 2004 year, to $6,591 million. Excluding the impact of the Irish Banks, banking expenses grew 13.6% to $6,391 million. In particular:

 

                  costs of $56 million associated with the Northern Bank robbery in December 2004;

 

                  costs of $49 million associated with the outcome of a legal action in South Korea;

 

                  an increase of $98 million in the charge to provide for non-lending losses, primarily driven by costs relating to fee refunds for the Choice package, BAD tax and fixed rate interest only loans;

 

                  insurance recoveries of $27 million payable to NAFiM from the Group’s captive-insurance company (no impact at Group level);

 

                  higher superannuation costs of $23 million, due primarily to a superannuation contribution holiday in Australia reducing the September 2004 year pension fund expenses by $34 million;

 

                  higher occupancy costs of $56 million (10.3%) driven by the full occupation of the second Docklands building and a transfer from capital in progress balances after completion of a full review;

 

                  personnel expenses (excluding superannuation), growing $224 million (8.2%), reflecting higher salaries from the EBA increase on 1 January 2005 net of a reduction in average staff numbers, and higher performance-based remuneration in the September 2005 year;

 

                  higher fees and commissions and general expenses of $24 million as a result of a change in accounting presentation in the cards and custody areas (which is offset by corresponding income increases); and

 

                  higher general expenses of $46 million from the provision of transitional services to Danske Bank A/S.

 

Wealth Management operating expenses increased 2.2% on the September 2004 year to $852 million, reflecting a reduction in staff numbers and lower costs associated with strategic investment expenditure.

 

Half year to 30 September 2005

 

Total Banking expenses increased 3.0% (or 3.9% at constant exchange rates) on the March 2005 half year to $3,345 million. Excluding the impact of the Irish Banks, increased 9.8%, reflecting:

 

                  growth in personnel expenses (excluding superannuation) of $85 million (5.9%), due to growth in contractor costs mainly associated with compliance projects and higher performance-based remuneration in the September 2005 half;

 

                  an increase of $113 million in the charge to provide for non-lending losses, primarily driven by costs relating to fee refunds for the Choice package, BAD tax and fixed rate interest only loans;

 

                  a step-up in project related-spend, including regulatory and compliance projects;

 

                  costs of $7 million associated with the sponsorship of the 2006 Melbourne Commonwealth Games;

 

                  higher fees and commissions and general expenses of $16 million as a result of a change in accounting presentation in the cards and custody areas (which are offset by corresponding income increases); and

 

                  higher general expenses of $36 million from the provision of transitional services to Danske Bank A/S.

 

Partly offset by:

 

                  lower superannuation costs of $31 million, due primarily to a release of provisions held in the United Kingdom and New Zealand after actuarial reviews; and

 

                  one-off costs incurred in the March 2005 half of $125 million associated with the Northern Bank robbery, a legal action in South Korea, and insurance recoveries payable to NAFiM from the Group’s captive insurance company;

 

Wealth Management operating expenses increased 7.3% on the March 2005 half to $441 million, reflecting higher volume-related expenses, partly offset by the impact of a reduction in staff numbers.

 

16



 

Asset Quality

 

In the September 2005 year, the Group generated strong growth in its loan portfolio, (almost evenly split between Retail and Non-Retail activities), in a credit environment that remained benign. The improved performance was driven by:

 

                  The impact of bedding down the Group’s recent restructure;

 

                  Streamlined credit assessment and approval processes including amendments to credit policy (eliminating non value adding bureaucracy), which enabled resources to be more effectively positioned to focus on client solutions and cross selling opportunities;

 

                  Continued reduction in the volume of non-accrual loans;

 

                  Continued improvement in the provisioning cover of impaired assets; and

 

                  Decreased level of net write offs.

 

These factors have combined to enable parts of the Group to grow at greater than system growth in both retail and non-retail activities whilst maintaining stable asset quality.

 

Asset composition

 

The volume of gross loans and acceptances (adjusted for the divestment of the Irish Banks) for the Group grew by 7% in the September 2005 half year to $292 billion (full year increase 14%). The increase during the September 2005 half was driven by a $10 billion growth in housing loans and growth in acceptances and term lending of $6 billion and $3 billion respectively.

 

Housing loans remain the largest product in the Group’s total loan portfolio and increased by 1% to 48% during the September 2005 year. Australia banking experienced the strongest growth increasing its proportion of the Group’s total loan portfolio from 64% in 2004 to 68% in 2005.

 

 

Trends in the ratings of non-retail exposures and security

 

The Group’s asset quality remains stable. Although the proportion of investment grade equivalent (AAA to BBB-) volumes decreased slightly by 1% over the September 2005 half to 76%, the proportion remains 1% higher than the level at 30 September 2004.

 

The movement in the half-year was driven by a conscious decision by the Group to refocus its Institutional activity and reduce exposure to lower yielding risk weighted assets to improve return on capital, together with slight growth in the higher end of the sub-investment grade equivalent market (BB+ to BB).

 

 

The proportion of well secured facilities in the non-retail portfolio increased by 3 percentage points during the September 2005 half to 49% of the portfolio. This was largely the result of the refocused Institutional activity noted above. The proportion between September 2004 and March 2005 was relatively stable at

 

17



 

46%. The Group considers a loan to be well secured where bank security is greater than 100% of the facility.

 

Accruing loans 90 days past due

 

The volume of past due facilities continued the first half trend decreasing by 7% to $819 million in the September 2005 half. The decrease was entirely attributable to the reduction in Australia, whereby the amount of 90 day past due non-housing loans fell by $56 million.

 

90 day past due facilities consist of well-secured accruing loans that are more than 90 days past due and portfolio-managed facilities that are not well secured but between 90 and 180 days past due.

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

Non-accrual loans also continued the first half trend decreasing by $93 million to $1,022 million. The majority of the reduction, $71 million, was in the United States, as a result of the exit of power and utility exposures. The reduction in the volume of non-accrual loans for the full year amounted to $208 million.

 

 

Provisioning coverage

 

The Group’s coverage ratio (total provisions over impaired assets) increased by 19 points to 236% in the September 2005 half (September 2004: 198%). The main driver of the improvement was an 8.1% reduction in the volume of impaired assets to $1,027 million.

 

Total provisions (General & Specific) fell marginally over the September 2005 half by $2 million to $2,422 million, as a result of a $32 million reduction in specific provisions negating the $30 million increase in general provisions arising from the overall growth in the Group’s loan portfolio.

 

 

The ratio of general provisions to risk-weighted assets, excluding housing, fell by 1 basis point over the September 2005 half to 0.99%. 

 

18



 

Net write offs

 

The volume of the Group’s net write offs continued the improved trend of the March 2005 half, falling by 9% to $193 million as a result of lower gross write offs in the United Kingdom ($25 million) offsetting small net increases in Australia ($6 million) and New Zealand ($4 million).

 

Net write offs for the September 2005 year, amounted to $404 million, a reduction of 33% over the prior year, benefiting from the continued benign credit environment and stronger asset prices, with the main impact benefiting the Australian corporate segment.            

 

 

Retail portfolio

 

The retail portfolio grew strongly over the September 2005 half by 8% to $163 billion.

 

During that time, the volume of 90-day delinquent loans increased slightly, however the growth in the overall retail portfolio resulted in the delinquency rate remaining relatively stable at 0.57%.

 

Although there was a slight increase in the delinquency rate for products such as housing loans and credit cards; the gross 12-month rolling write off rate for the Group’s retail portfolio improved from 0.29% to 0.28%. This has been assisted by growth in asset prices in key markets in recent years.

 

 

Taxation

 

Total Banking’s effective tax rate on cash earnings before significant items has decreased marginally from 29.2% in the September 2004 year to 29.1%.

 

Exchangeable capital units capital raising

 

The Group announced in February 2004 and May 2005 that it had received amended assessments from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) which seek to disallow interest deductions on exchangeable capital units (ExCaps) for the tax years 1997 to 2003 and deductions for certain issue costs for the years 1998 to 2001. The ATO assessments are for $298 million of primary tax and interest and penalties of $254 million (after-tax), a total of $552 million (after-tax). As previously advised, should the ATO also disallow issue costs claimed in 2002 and 2003, the further primary tax assessed would be approximately $2 million. Interest and penalties may also be imposed.

 

In accordance with ATO practice on disputed assessments, the Group has paid 50% of the amounts owing under the amended assessments. These payments have been recognised as an asset by the Group in its accounts, included within other assets, on the basis that the Group expects recovery of the amount paid to the ATO. Interest may accrue on the unpaid disputed amounts. The Group has not tax-effected interest paid on the ExCaps after 1 October 2003 whilst the tax treatment is in dispute. As a result, a permanent difference of $31 million has been recognised in determining income tax expense for the 2005 year.

 

The tax treatment of the ExCaps remains in dispute with the ATO. The Group has considered the implications of the recent decision of the full Federal Court in Macquarie Finance Limited v Commissioner of Taxation. This decision has reinforced the Group’s confidence in the legal merits of its case. The Group disputes the amended assessments for the ExCaps and intends to pursue all necessary avenues of objection and appeal. Objections against the amended assessments have been lodged and no provision has been raised for this matter.

 

19



 

TrUEPrSSM capital raising

 

The Group has reached an in principle heads of agreement with the ATO in respect of a settlement of amounts in dispute in respect of the TrUEPrSSM capital raising transaction.

 

A provision of $96.5 million has been recognised as a significant item in the Group’s profit result for the year ended 30 September 2005. The dispute had previously been disclosed. The total potential claim was approximately $210 million including accrued interest. In accordance with ATO practice on disputed assessments, the Group had previously paid to the ATO 50% of the amounts owing under relevant amended assessments. This amount (approximately $96 million) was recognised by the Group at the time as an asset in prior period financial statements. This amount has been written off reflecting the in principle agreement reached with the ATO.

 

TrUEPrSSM is a service mark of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

 

New Zealand structured finance transactions

 

The New Zealand Inland Revenue Department (IRD) is carrying out a review of certain structured finance transactions in the banking industry.

 

As part of this review, subsidiaries of the Group have received amended tax assessments for the 1998 and 1999 years from the IRD with respect to certain structured finance transactions. The amended assessments are for income tax of approximately NZ$47 million. Interest will be payable on this amount, and the possible application of penalties has yet to be considered by the IRD.

 

The IRD has also issued Notices of Proposed Adjustments in respect of these and similar structured finance transactions for the 2000, 2001 and 2002 years. These notices do not create a tax obligation for the National, but advise of the IRD’s intention to issue amended assessments for those years.

 

The New Zealand Government introduced new legislation, effective 1 July 2005, which addresses their concerns with banks entering into these transactions. All of the structured finance transactions of the Group’s subsidiaries that are the subject of the IRD’s review were terminated by that date.

 

If the IRD issues amended assessments for all transactions for periods up to 30 June 2005, the maximum sum of primary tax, which the IRD might claim for all years is approximately NZ$416 million. In addition, as at 30 September 2005, interest of NZ$117 million (net of tax) will be payable.

 

The Group is confident that its position in relation to the application of the taxation law is correct and it is disputing the IRD’s position with respect of these transactions. The National has obtained legal opinions that confirm that the transactions complied with New Zealand tax law. The transactions are similar to transactions undertaken by other New Zealand banks. The Group has commenced legal proceedings to challenge the IRD’s assessments.

 

The financial effect of the unpaid balance of the amounts owing under the amended assessments has not been brought to account in the financial statements for the period to 30 September 2005.

 

Significant Items

 

Net profit on sale of Northern and National Irish Banks

 

On 28 February 2005 the sale of National Europe Holdings (Ireland) Limited (the UK holding company of Northern Bank and National Irish Bank) to Danske Bank A/S was completed on terms consistent with the original sale announcement on 14 December 2004. After post closing adjustments this generated a net profit on sale after all disposal costs including taxation of $1,043 million.

 

In accordance with terms of the sale agreement, the National has certain indemnification obligations and standard warranties that survive completion of the sale. The National is providing transitional services to Danske Bank A/S in respect of the Northern Bank and National Irish Bank operations to assist in the smooth transition of ownership of those businesses. These transitional services will be provided at cost and are expected to be in place for up to eighteen months from the date of sale.

 

20



 

Restructuring expenses

 

During the September 2005 year, the Group incurred restructuring expenses and provisions totalling $838 million. Details are set out below:

 

 

 

Redundancies

 

Occupancy

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

No.

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Year to 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Australia

 

2,248

 

198

 

54

 

157

 

409

 

Total UK

 

1,700

 

181

 

62

 

23

 

266

 

Total New Zealand

 

38

 

3

 

11

 

 

14

 

Institutional Market & Services

 

471

 

74

 

10

 

37

 

121

 

Other (including Corporate Centre)

 

205

 

28

 

 

 

28

 

Total Group

 

4,662

 

484

 

137

 

217

 

838

 

 

Australian restructuring

 

The restructuring expenses recognised during the year of $409m ($121m recognised at March 2005) include a provision as at 30 September 2005 of $178m that will be utilised through 2006 and 2007. The total redundancy costs of $198m are expected to deliver FTE reductions of 2,248 through efficiency improvements, de-layering of the organisational structure and refocusing the retail and business banking distribution strategy. Including the outsourcing of the cheque processing function (FTE reduction of 235) FTE numbers have reduced by 1,065 in 2005. The occupancy costs of $54m relates to surplus lease space. The $157m of other costs relates to the decommissioning and writing-off of technology systems, product and legal entity rationalisation and simplification, and staff and communications implementation costs.

 

UK restructuring

 

The charge for the UK of $266 million, is unchanged from that reported in the first half of the financial year.   $68m has now been utilised with the remainder expecting to be utilised by the end of 2007. The restructuring expense will cover the costs of streamlining operations, that will lead to reductions in FTE’s of 1,700 positions (718 achieved in 2005) and the reconfiguration of the distribution networks to meet the changing needs of customers.

 

Institutional Markets & Services restructuring

 

The key restructuring initiatives in IMS are focused on creating a competitive growth platform in its core markets whilst improving return on capital employed. The restructuring charge relates to the consolidation of the Asian businesses into a regional hub, the exiting of certain businesses in the US, the repositioning of the UK large and mid-size corporate banking segments, and the replacement and rationalisation of the technology platform supporting the markets business.

 

Of the $121 million restructuring cost, $56m has been incurred in 2005. The remaining $65 million provision is expected to be utilised through 2006 and 2007. Restructuring is expected to deliver reductions of 471 FTE’s of which 167 have already exited the organisation.

 

New Zealand & Corporate Centre

 

The $14m restructuring charge in New Zealand relates to rationalisation of the current branch network and corporate office. The Corporate Centre charge of $28m predominantly relates to redundancies within head office.

 

Provision for TrUEPrSSM dispute

 

Following the Group reaching an in principle heads of agreement with the ATO in respect of settlement of the TrUEPrSSM dispute, an amount of $96.5 million has been recognised as a significant item in the Group’s profit result for the year ended 30 September 2005.

 

Reversal of provision in relation to foreign currency options trading loss

 

In January 2004, the National announced that it had identified losses relating to unauthorised trading in foreign currency options of $360 million before tax. Following a detailed review of the residual risk in the remaining portfolio, $34 million ($24 million after tax) was written back to profit as the reversal of a significant item in the September 2005 year.

 

Reversal of 2002 provision in relation to restructuring

 

During 2002, the Group recognised restructuring costs from the Positioning for Growth (PfG) initiatives. In the September 2005 year, excess provisions of $11 million ($7 million after tax) were written back to profit.

 

21



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Balance Sheet & Capital

 

BALANCE SHEET & CAPITAL

 

Assets and Liabilities

 

Lending

 

 

 

As at

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04(1)

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Ex FX %

 

Ex FX %

 

Housing (net of securitisation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

105,419

 

98,142

 

91,259

 

7.4

 

15.5

 

UK

 

17,175

 

15,289

 

14,716

 

18.1

 

27.1

 

New Zealand

 

16,393

 

15,399

 

14,328

 

7.5

 

17.7

 

Asia

 

494

 

617

 

610

 

(21.1

)

(13.6

)

Total housing

 

139,481

 

129,447

 

120,913

 

8.5

 

16.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term lending

 

84,744

 

81,560

 

78,819

 

5.5

 

10.3

 

Other lending

 

40,379

 

40,109

 

39,443

 

2.8

 

7.4

 

Bill acceptances

 

27,627

 

21,567

 

16,343

 

28.1

 

69.1

 

Total lending (gross loans & acceptances)

 

292,231

 

272,683

 

255,518

 

8.3

 

16.9

 

 


(1)       Proforma information – excludes lending assets of the Irish Banks, which were sold on 28 February 2005.

 

Housing lending (net of securitisation) has increased by 8.5% from the March 2005 half to $139.5 billion supported by continued strong residential mortgage markets across all regions.

 

In Australia, housing lending has experienced encouraging growth with market share stabilising at 14.2%. Increase in volumes reflects continued buoyant housing market with annualised system growth at September 2005 around 13.5%. Housing lending growth has mainly occurred within basic loans, including Homeside plain & simple, Redstar 100% offset loans and Redstar intro loans.

 

In the UK, housing lending has increased 18.1% reflecting growth across the 3rd party distribution channel (inception in May 2004), branch network and integrated financial solutions channel. Increasing housing loans is a target of volume growth expansion strategies and major increases have been in variable rate lending, particularly the highly promoted offset mortgages.

 

In New Zealand, housing lending grew 7.5% over the half, with market share remaining constant at 16.2% at September 2005. This performance was driven by strong growth in fixed rate housing loans due to solid systems growth and the “Unbeatable” housing campaign targeted at growing market share.

 

Business lending volumes have grown over the half, particularly in Australia and New Zealand, reflecting a combination of buoyant economic conditions and the easing of credit settings. In Australia, growth has primarily come from fixed rate interest only term lending (largely for investment housing) and the market rate facility (an attractive alternative to bill facilities for smaller borrowers). In New Zealand, the increase has been driven by strong growth in SME business lending and Agribusiness.

 

Bill acceptances have increased 28.1%, however, excluding the impact of the buy-back of the Company’s-accepted bills, bill acceptance volumes have grown 8.9% over the half. Australian Banking bill acceptances have increased 12.9% as they continue to be a product favoured by business customers due to favourable pricing and flexibility.

 

Marketable Debt Securities

 

Marketable debt securities (trading, available for sale and investment securities) decreased $4,631 million or 14.5% during the September 2005 half. The reduction in these securities follows the Group’s strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets so as to improve returns in the Institutional Markets & Services business. A review of the securities portfolio of National Custodian Services also resulted in a large portfolio of bank bills being released to the market.

 

Deposits and Other Borrowings

 

Total deposits and other borrowings increased 1.6% over the half.

 

Total deposits decreased $2,538 million or 1.3% during the September 2005 half. The decrease in total deposits reflects a reduction in certificates of deposit issued in Australia, which were used to fund the

 

22



 

holdings of bank bills held by National Custodian Services (as noted above). Sound growth, however, was experienced in retail deposit volumes, particularly in Australia and the UK. In Australia, growth has been in business investment accounts and carded term deposits due to competitive pricing, and the iSaver product that was introduced in mid-September 2005 as an alternative to product offerings from competitors. Growth in the UK, was primarily in retail term deposits and the current account plus product, driven by the expansion of the integrated financial solutions channel across England.

 

Other borrowings have increased by $4,378 million (32.3%), reflecting an increase in the National Australia Funding Delaware commercial paper program. Commercial paper is seen as an economical source, in the 3-12 month range, to fund balance sheet growth as short-term and overnight funding is reduced in the US due to continued increases in the US Federal reserve rate.

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt increased $2,702 million (7.4%) during the September 2005 half. The National has a number of funding programs available, and the increase reflects issues of the Group’s Global medium-term note and debt issuance programs, undertaken to fund asset growth and re-finance of maturing short-term and long-term debt. The increase also reflects the Group’s current strategy of lengthening the maturity profile of the Group’s debt issues.

 

Capital Position

 

Capital ratios and risk-weighted assets are set out below.

 

 

 

Target

 

As at

 

 

 

ratio

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

ACE ratio

 

4.75 – 5.25

 

5.49

 

5.84

 

5.30

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

7.0 - 7.5

 

7.86

 

8.30

 

7.34

 

Total capital ratio

 

10.0 -10.5

 

10.45

 

11.37

 

10.58

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Risk-weighted assets – credit risk

 

276,540

 

266,854

 

273,189

 

Risk-weighted assets – market risk

 

13,293

 

12,294

 

13,616

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 

289,833

 

279,148

 

286,805

 

 

 

There has been no change to the National’s target capital ranges during the 2005 year.

 

In addition to regulatory capital ratios, the National uses the adjusted common equity (ACE) ratio as a key capital target. It measures the capital available to support the banking operations, after deducting the

 

23



 

Group’s investment in wealth management operations. As at 30 September 2005, the ACE ratio was 5.49% a decrease from 5.84% at 31 March 2005. Refer to note 17 regarding the components of the ACE ratio.

 

The Group’s ACE and Tier 1 ratios increased during the year and are above the top end of our Group’s stated target ranges at 30 September 2005. This principally reflects the sale of the Irish Banks, Northern Bank Limited and National Irish Bank Limited, which occurred on 28 February 2005. The reduction in the Group’s capital ratios in the September 2005 half mainly reflects strong asset growth in our retail banking businesses, the deconsolidation of profits from the Wealth Management business and the impact of significant items relating to restructuring charges and the settlement of the tax dispute with the Australian Taxation Office in respect of the TrUEPrSSM capital raising transaction. The reduction in the total capital ratio also reflects the redemption of a USD700 million subordinated debt issue.

 

The initiative to reduce low return risk-weighted assets in the Institutional Markets & Services business resulted in a reduction in credit risk RWA’s of approximately $6 billion in the half year to September 2005.

 

As directed by APRA, the National currently uses the standard method to calculate the market risk capital component of risk-weighted assets. During the half there was an increase of $999 million in the market risk component of risk-weighted assets. Using an internal model, which was applied prior to 31 March 2004, the market risk component of risk-weighted assets at 30 September 2005 amounted to $3,217 million, up from $3,127 million at 31 March 2005. The effect of using the standard method to calculate the market risk component of risk-weighted assets was an increase of $10,076 million (compared to $9,167 million at 31 March 2005).

 

Impact of the Australian Equivalents of International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) on Regulatory Capital – effective 1 July 2006

 

On 24 February 2005, APRA issued a discussion paper that outlines how APRA proposes to address the prudential implications of a number of specific AIFRS related changes. APRA’s proposals have potential impacts for the capital position of the National and all the other Australian financial institutions. Refer to page 102 for further details.

 

APRA’s proposals on Tier 1 hybrid capital

 

On 31 August 2005, APRA released a discussion paper outlining its proposed approach to Tier 1 hybrid capital. The proposals introduce more restrictive rules relating to the volume and type of instruments that qualify as Tier 1 capital and will have a potential impact on the composition of the capital base of the National and other Australian financial institutions. The National has submitted a detailed response to the discussion paper.

 

The APRA paper proposes a hybrid (or ‘residual’) Tier 1 limit of 25% of net Tier 1 capital. Previously the hybrid limit of 25% applied to Tier 1 before deductions and hybrids and could consist entirely of Innovative Tier 1 capital. Innovative Tier 1 capital includes any instrument which includes features such as an incentive for the issuer to call, e.g. a step-up in distribution rate, or is issued indirectly through a special purpose vehicle.

 

The new rules propose that hybrid Tier 1 capital will be classified into two categories being Innovative Tier 1, which will be limited to 15% of net Tier 1 capital, and a new category of Non-Innovative Tier 1 representing 10% of net Tier 1 capital.  Non-Innovative Tier 1 capital is described by APRA as consisting of ‘pure preference shares’ being ‘non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares without innovative capital features’.

 

APRA proposes to introduce these rules from 1 July 2006, however the new limits will not apply until 1 January 2008, coinciding with the implementation of the Basel II Framework. A further transitional period will apply for entities that are materially affected by the proposed changes. In this case, APRA intends to grant up to a further two-year transition period, until 1 January 2010, in respect of innovative capital instruments in excess of the proposed limits as at the date of the discussion paper.

 

24



 

SECTION 5

 

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS

 

25



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Total Australia

 

TOTAL AUSTRALIA (1)

 

Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

910

 

951

 

(4.3

)

1,861

 

1,993

 

(6.6

)

Wealth Management Australia (1)

 

220

 

194

 

13.4

 

414

 

320

 

29.4

 

Total Australia

 

1,130

 

1,145

 

(1.3

)

2,275

 

2,313

 

(1.6

)

 


(1)       Wealth Management Australia division includes Asian operations.

 

Financial performance highlights

 

The stabilisation of the businesses within the Australian region is well progressed, evidenced by market share growth in most key segments, strong income growth, stabilisation of margin decline, resolution of several critical compliance issues and substantial progress with a number of business efficiency initiatives.

 

Cash earnings for the September 2005 year were 1.6% below the September 2004 year, with the September 2005 half 1.3% below the March 2005 half. This headline result was clouded by non-lending losses in Banking of $91 million, and the loss of transitional tax relief in the Wealth Management Investments business of $15 million, while the September 2004 year result contained prior year negative adjustments of $50 million in Wealth Management. Excluding these items, cash earnings were up 0.8% for the year and exhibited strong growth of 6.7% in the September 2005 half.

 

The Australian Banking September 2005 year cash earnings were 6.6% down on the September 2004 year.  Income growth was solid, reflecting growth in lending volumes, which in turn drove positive market share trends, offset by a contraction in the net interest margin. Operating expenses were higher, in part due to high non-lending losses, while a higher charge for doubtful debts due to volume growth contributed further to the decline in cash earnings. However, underlying asset quality trends in both retail and business banking were encouraging for the September 2005 half.

 

Wealth Management Australia’s September 2005 year cash earnings grew 29.4% on the September 2004 year. Solid growth in the Investments business and strong investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital was partly offset by reduced profits from Insurance. Other factors impacting reported growth included the loss of transitional tax relief from 1 July 2005 in the Investments business and the negative adjustment to September 2004 year cash earnings.

 

Business developments

 

                  The program of work to transform the Australian business is continuing. The re-alignment of the organisational structure was completed in the March 2005 half, with Australian Banking and Wealth Management moving into a single, regional business centred around customers, products and services.

 

                  Significant work has been undertaken to improve governance processes in the Australian region. In particular, an Investment Subcommittee was established, comprising the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Information Officer and Head of Strategy from the Australian region, to apply more rigorous investment approval processes and ensure better ongoing measurement of returns from investment expenditure.

 

                  MLC purchased the minority interests in its Hong Kong business for $148 million in July 2005.

 

                  Key operational achievements for the year include:

 

                  a significant investment in the frontline telling platform to enable better customer service, expected to be completed by December 2005;

 

                  a significant improvement in the speed of decision making for business loans via targeted process initiatives;

 

                  enabling 950 bankers to quote and sell general insurance products via the roll out of a General Insurance point of sale capability to relationship and acquisition bankers;

 

                  launch of a significant suite of new banking products, including Smart Reward and Smart Junior accounts, to reward regular saving behaviour (March 2005); a business and housing Low Doc package for small business and self-employed customers (March 2005); Personal Project Loans, with access to an approved loan amount for 90 days via Visa card (July 2005); Business Plus, integrating transactional, short-term and long-term variable rate finance in one facility (August 2005); Business

 

26



 

Cash Maximiser, a high return, limited access account for businesses to ‘park’ surplus cash (September 2005) and iSaver, a high interest, online savings account (September 2005);

 

                  a number of product developments across Wealth Management’s MasterKey and MasterKey Custom platforms following the introduction of the Super Choice Legislation on 1 July 2005 and regulatory changes. This included the launch of a Term Allocated Pension product and a Non-Commutable Income Stream, providing increased flexibility for Australians in retirement;

 

                  launch of the MasterKey Investment Service, giving investors greater choice with access to Wealth Management’s Manager of Managers investment options, as well as a broad range of investment options from well known Australian and international investment managers;

 

                  MLC Wealth Protection was named ‘Insurance Company of the Year’ for the fourth consecutive year by Personal Investor Magazine ‘Awards for Excellence in Financial Services 2005’. MLC’s Personal Protection Portfolio, Income Protection, also won the ‘Income Protection Product of the Year’; and

 

                  a move towards global equity strategies in Wealth Management, including the appointment of four new managers.

 

Commitment to the Community

 

                  Establishing the Asian Tsunami relief fund in December 2004, with Australian branches accepting over $10 million in donations from the public for World Vision. The National donated $1.1 million to a number of charities and was represented by over 1,200 people (900 staff plus friends and family) who worked at a call centre in Melbourne to record pledges for $6.4 million towards World Vision’s ‘Reach out to Asia’ telethon in January 2005.

 

                  Jointly winning the Banksia Award for environmental excellence in the category of ‘Leadership in Sustainable Buildings’ for its innovative and environmentally sensitive Docklands building.

 

                  Furthering the development and awareness of micro credit through sharing our experience with a pilot low interest product for low income earners at a national conference on micro credit in connection with the United Nations Year of Micro Credit.

 

                  Announcing several major sponsorships, including official Partner of the Melbourne 2006 Commonwealth Games, a historic partnership with the Australian Football League, Lead Partner of The Australian Ballet and Major Sponsor of the National Education Program to promote ballet through educational initiatives across Australia.

 

                  The National’s Volunteer awards, which saw 48 community organisations from around Australia share $350,000 in awards from the National.

 

Restructuring activity

 

                  A strong focus during the year was the restructure of the Banking and Wealth Management businesses and formation of an integrated Australian region. A $409 million restructuring charge was recognised as a significant item. This relates to a number of initiatives, including business efficiency (e.g. lending processes, commercial property and support functions), de-layering the organisational structure, decommissioning and writing off systems, and product and legal entity rationalisation and simplification.

 

                  Together, these restructuring initiatives generated $41 million in pre-tax profit in 2005.

 

                  Redundancies relating to restructuring activities accounted for a gross reduction in full-time equivalent employees of 1,124 in 2005 (including 59 from a previous restructuring program), of which 235 related to the outsourcing of day one cheque processing.  In addition, a focus on productivity resulted in a further 550 FTE reduction, resulting in a gross reduction of 1,674 full-time equivalent employees in 2005.

 

                  This gross reduction has been partially offset by an investment in front line sales capability (particularly in business banking) (146), graduate recruitment (129) and an increase in project activity (273), leaving a net reduction of 992 full-time equivalent employees for the year.

 

27



 

Australian Banking

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05(2)

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

1,995

 

1,888

 

5.7

 

3,883

 

3,701

 

4.9

 

Other operating income

 

1,154

 

1,081

 

6.8

 

2,235

 

2,122

 

5.3

 

Total income

 

3,149

 

2,969

 

6.1

 

6,118

 

5,823

 

5.1

 

Operating expenses

 

(1,730

)

(1,479

)

(17.0

)

(3,209

)

(2,771

)

(15.8

)

Underlying profit

 

1,419

 

1,490

 

(4.8

)

2,909

 

3,052

 

(4.7

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(127

)

(130

)

2.3

 

(257

)

(201

)

(27.9

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

1,292

 

1,360

 

(5.0

)

2,652

 

2,851

 

(7.0

)

Income tax expense

 

(382

)

(409

)

6.6

 

(791

)

(858

)

7.8

 

Cash earnings before significant items (1)

 

910

 

951

 

(4.3

)

1,861

 

1,993

 

(6.6

)

 


(1)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of the Australian Banking result to Group net profit.

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.96

%

1.07

%

 

 

1.01

%

1.23

%

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

54.9

%

49.8

%

 

 

52.5

%

47.6

%

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) ($’000)

 

101

 

104

 

 

 

102

 

108

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

2.49

%

2.52

%

 

 

2.51

%

2.65

%

 

 

Net interest spread

 

2.32

%

2.31

%

 

 

2.32

%

2.55

%

 

 

Average balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

183.3

 

169.2

 

8.3

%

176.2

 

156.0

 

12.9

%

Interest-earning assets

 

159.9

 

150.1

 

6.5

%

155.0

 

139.2

 

11.4

%

Retail deposits

 

76.0

 

74.1

 

2.6

%

75.1

 

70.7

 

6.2

%

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

17,884

 

18,372

 

18,382

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans ($m)

 

372

 

362

 

428

 

Gross loans and acceptances ($bn)

 

188.3

 

173.9

 

162.2

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.20

%

0.21

%

0.26

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

29.1

%

34.2

%

29.7

%

Market share (%) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

14.16

 

14.05

 

14.01

 

Business (including Institutional Markets & Services)

 

18.59

 

18.33

 

18.49

 

Other Personal

 

15.70

 

15.93

 

16.35

 

Retail deposits (Personal & Business)

 

15.11

 

15.01

 

15.09

 

 


(1)       Source: Reserve Bank of Australia (September 2005 Data). This data does not include bill acceptances within lending volumes.

 

28



 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items declined 6.6% on the prior year to $1,861 million.

 

During the year, several issues in respect of customer overcharging were identified. These included the overcharging of fees for the Choice Package product, interest on Fixed Rate Interest Only Loans (FRIOLs) and Personal Residential Fixed Rate Interest Only Loans (PRFRIOLs), and the over-collection of BAD tax.  Pre-tax charges of $90 million, $26 million and $14 million respectively were recorded for these items. The estimate for Choice Package includes $52 million for overcharging, $14 million for interest, $18 million for remediation costs and $6 million reversal of current year fee income.

 

Excluding these items, underlying cash earnings declined 2.1% for the year.

 

Underlying profit fell 4.7% on the prior year (down 0.4% excluding the $130 million adverse pre-tax profit impact for non-lending losses ), with the following factors influencing the result:

 

                  Net interest income increased $182 million, driven by continued strong growth in lending volumes following a first half initiative to speed processes, introduce streamlined products, restore some credit risk settings and a stronger focus on customer service. Retail deposit balances also increased following the launch of new transaction accounts (Smart) and high interest savings accounts (iSaver, Business Cash Maximiser).

 

                  Business lending market share has steadily improved over the year under RBA definitions (up 0.10 percentage points to 18.59%). Using APRA’s definition of the banking system, which includes bill acceptances within lending volumes, market share in business lending increased from 21.6% to 24.3% (this is impacted by the Institutional Markets & Services strategy to reduce Bill Acceptances)

 

                  Housing lending market share (RBA definition) also increased (up 0.15 percentage points to 14.16%).

 

                  Share of other personal lending (RBA definition) fell over the full year (down 0.65 percentage points to 15.70%), but stabilised in the second half.

 

                  Market share in retail deposits (RBA definition) increased 0.02 percentage points over the year to 15.11%. Using APRA’s definition, market share of household deposits declined 0.1 percentage points to 13.3%.

 

             Net interest margin declined 14 basis points to 2.51%. This was primarily driven by product margin contraction (8 basis points), which was attributable to the flow-on impact of margin declines in 2004, with product margins holding throughout 2005. Other impacts included the increased reliance on wholesale funding, adverse changes in product mix and reduced income from balance sheet management activities arising from the more stable interest rate environment, offset by an increase in capital benefit due to a change in Group’s internal capital allocation methodology.

 

             Other operating income increased $113 million (5.3%) for the year, mainly driven by lending-related fee revenues (up $70 million net of a $6 million reimbursement for Choice Package fee over-charging) particularly in bill financing ($61 million), higher credit card fees and card issuer incentives (up $22 million), volume driven Custodian transaction fee income (up $13 million).

 

             Operating expenses increased $438 million (15.8%) for the September 2005 year, or 11.3% when adjusted for the $124 million increase relating to the three large non-lending losses. This reflects:

 

                  An uplift in capabilities required to support the strategy of the business, with increased personnel costs ($76 million) reflecting an investment in people through higher variable performance rewards and incentives, higher occupancy costs ($31 million), including the impact of relocating to Docklands, and an increased investment in brand, including sponsorships.

 

                  A number of items impacting the comparability of expenses between the September 2005 and 2004 years ($37 million) including superannuation contribution holiday in 2004.

 

                  Project expenditure was $56 million higher for the September 2005 year, largely as a result of the high number of regulatory and compliance projects currently underway.

 

After adjusting for the above items, underlying expense growth was $148 million (5.3%). This includes an increase in personnel costs ($68 million) due to the impact of enterprise bargaining agreement changes, change in skill mix, superannuation and other salary increases, together with an increase in other costs, in part reflecting the increased activity and volumes within the business.

 

The above expense increases were partially offset by benefits flowing through from current-year restructuring initiatives ($23 million) and other productivity improvements ($37 million).

 

             The cost to income ratio increased to 52.5% for 2005 (50.4% excluding the large non-lending losses).

 

The charge for doubtful debts increased by $56 million, largely attributable to a higher statistical provision charge. This was driven by the growth in lending outstandings, in particular business lending products. Credit quality remains sound, with the level of non-accrual loans falling over the September 2005 year. The

 

29



 

September 2004 year also included the positive impact of statistical provisioning write-backs in the Cards and Business portfolios.

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items in the September 2005 half declined 4.3% on the March 2005 half, impacted by provisions for non-lending losses relating to the over-charging of Choice Package home loan service fees ($63 million), over-collection of BAD tax ($3 million, with March 2005 half $7 million) and over-charging of penalty interest on FRIOL’s/PFRIOL’s ($18 million). Excluding these items, cash earnings grew by 3.8% in the September 2005 half.

 

Underlying profit was down 4.8% for the September 2005 half (up 2.6% excluding the $110 million increase in provisions for non-lending losses), influenced by the following factors:

 

             Net interest income increased $107 million (5.7%), with strong growth in lending volumes driven by housing and business lending growth. Retail deposit balances have also increased for the half, driven by variable rate deposits following the introduction of new transaction and high yield savings products.

 

             Business lending market share improved strongly over the half under RBA definitions (up 0.26 percentage points to 18.59%). Using APRA’s definition of the banking system, which includes bill acceptances within lending volumes, market share in business lending increased from 22.9% to 24.3%.

 

             Housing lending market share (RBA definition) also increased (up 0.11 percentage points to 14.16%).

 

             Other personal lending market share (RBA definition) was down 0.23 percentage points to 15.70%.

 

             Market share in retail deposits (RBA definition) increased 0.10 percentage points over the half to 15.11%. Using APRA’s definition, market share of household deposits was flat for the half at 13.3%.

 

             Net interest margin contracted 3 basis points to 2.49% for the half. This reflected stable product margins and a modest mix impact (2 basis points), while the increased reliance on wholesale funding was offset by a volume-driven increase in capital benefit.

 

             Other operating income increased $73 million (6.8%), with lending-related fee revenues (up $31 million), particularly bill financing. Higher second half transactional, nominee and cards-based fee revenue (up $31 million) also contributed to the result, driven by buoyant market conditions and refreshed transaction account product offerings.

 

             Operating expenses increased $251 million (17.0%), or 9.9% when adjusted for the $104 million increase relating to the three large non-lending losses. This reflects:

 

                  A continued uplift in capabilities required to support the strategy of the business, with increased personnel costs ($21 million) reflecting an investment in people through higher variable performance rewards and incentives, and an increased investment in brand.

 

                  A number of items impacting the comparability of expenses between periods ($42 million), including the transfer of employees into the Australian region and seasonal impacts.

 

After adjusting for the above items, underlying expense growth was $71 million (4.8%). This includes an increase in personnel costs ($39 million) including the impact of enterprise bargaining agreement changes, annual leave provisions and other salary increases, together with an increase in other costs, in part reflecting the increased activity and volumes within the business.

 

In addition to the above, project expenditure was $42 million higher, largely due to regulatory and compliance projects including Sarbanes Oxley, Basel and IFRS.

 

The above expense increases were partially offset by benefits flowing through from current-year restructuring initiatives ($23 million).

 

             The cost to income ratio was 54.9% for the September half (51.2% after adjusting for the impact of large non-lending losses during the period).

 

The doubtful debt charge for the September 2005 half was broadly in line with the March 2005 half, reflecting continuing strong credit management of the growing lending portfolio. Credit quality indicators continued to improve during the September 2005 half, with non-accrual loans both in absolute terms and as a percentage of loans outstanding trending down.

 

30



 

Wealth Management Australia (1)

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Investments (2)

 

105

 

115

 

(8.7

)

220

 

199

 

10.6

 

Insurance (3)

 

85

 

74

 

14.9

 

159

 

165

 

(3.6

)

Other (including regulatory programs) (4)

 

(37

)

(42

)

11.9

 

(79

)

(63

)

(25.4

)

Profit from operations (after tax)

 

153

 

147

 

4.1

 

300

 

301

 

(0.3

)

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses

 

67

 

47

 

42.6

 

114

 

69

 

65.2

 

Underlying operating profit after tax and outside equity interest

 

220

 

194

 

13.4

 

414

 

370

 

11.9

 

Prior year adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items (5)

 

220

 

194

 

13.4

 

414

 

320

 

29.4

 

Revaluation profit after tax

 

294

 

51

 

large

 

345

 

16

 

large

 

Net profit before significant items and after outside equity
interest (5)

 

514

 

245

 

large

 

759

 

336

 

large

 

 


(1)

Wealth Management Australia division includes Asian operations.

(2)

Investments include funds management, funds administration and asset management.

(3)

Insurance includes retail insurance (retail risk insurance encompassing term, trauma and disability insurance, traditional life insurance and general insurance agency) and group insurance.

(4)

Other includes Financial Planning, other businesses and shareholders branches of the life companies and strategic investment expenditure. The costs of NAFiM investor compensation and enforceable undertakings are included in this line.

(5)

Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of the Wealth Management Australia result to Group net profit.

 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items grew 29.4% to $414 million. Net profit before significant items and after outside equity interest for the year was $759 million. The result reflects solid growth in the Investments business despite the loss of transitional tax relief and strong investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital, which was offset by reduced profits in the Insurance business and increased regulatory compliance spend. The year to September 2004 was negatively impacted by prior year adjustments of $50 million.

 

The revaluation profit reflects the positive impact from strong investment earnings, ongoing expense control and changes in economic assumptions, partially offset by the impact of lower retail investment and corporate business margins.

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items grew 13.4% on the March 2005 half to $220 million, reflecting strong investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital due to the continued strength of major stock markets, increased profits in the Insurance business primarily due to improved claims experience, and lower regulatory compliance spend. The result was adversely impacted by lower profits in the Investments business following the loss of transitional tax relief ($15 million).

 

31



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

on Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

on Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

4,763

 

4,533

 

5.1

 

9,296

 

9,112

 

2.0

 

Wholesale

 

1,908

 

1,777

 

7.4

 

3,685

 

4,528

 

(18.6

)

Investment sales – Australia

 

6,671

 

6,310

 

5.7

 

12,981

 

13,640

 

(4.8

)

Asia

 

23

 

25

 

(8.0

)

48

 

48

 

 

Total Investment sales

 

6,694

 

6,335

 

5.7

 

13,029

 

13,688

 

(4.8

)

Retail risk

 

41

 

36

 

13.9

 

77

 

75

 

2.7

 

Group

 

21

 

20

 

5.0

 

41

 

41

 

 

Other

 

20

 

19

 

5.4

 

39

 

30

 

30

 

Insurance sales – Australia

 

82

 

75

 

9.3

 

157

 

146

 

7.5

 

Asia

 

27

 

28

 

(3.6

)

55

 

59

 

(6.8

)

Total Insurance sales

 

109

 

103

 

5.8

 

212

 

205

 

3.4

 

Debt sales

 

1,298

 

733

 

77.1

 

2,031

 

1,529

 

32.8

 

 

Year to 30 September 2005

 

MasterKey platform retail sales increased 16% over the prior year. This strong result was partially offset by the closure of the MLC Platinum Global Fund offering to new MLC Investment Trust and Unit Trust investors. The wholesale investments business experienced lower sales during the year, reflecting the lumpy nature of flows in this business.

 

Total Insurance sales increased by 3.4% primarily due to solid general insurance sales, the result of an increased focus on cross-sell initiatives in the Australian region. Notwithstanding the increasingly competitive market, retail risk sales have increased 2.7% over the prior year.

 

Debt sales increased by 32.8% on the prior year reflecting the progress towards a more integrated offer and the introduction of Margin Lending onto the MasterKey Investment Service platform. The profit from debt sales emerges in the Australian Banking result.

 

Half year to 30 September 2005

 

Seasonal variations in Retail, Debt and Insurance sales are caused by the end of the tax year and the Christmas/New Year period, resulting in comparably higher sales in the September 2005 half.

 

In addition, the MasterKey platform experienced strong sales above the seasonal variations during the September 2005 half. This result was partially offset by lower sales in Plum, reflecting the lumpy nature of flows in this business.

 

Debt sales increased by 77.1% on the March 2005 half, reflecting the progress towards a more integrated offer and the introduction of Margin Lending onto the MasterKey Investment Service platform.

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep
05

 

31 Mar
05

 

30 Sep
04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Full-time equivalent employees
(FTEs) (No.)

 

4,252

 

4,393

 

4,746

 

(3.2

)

(10.4

)

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels (Australia)

 

466

 

476

 

460

 

(2.1

)

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aligned channels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

827

 

858

 

848

 

(3.6

)

(2.5

)

Asia

 

1,766

 

1,573

 

1,586

 

12.3

 

11.3

 

Total aligned channels

 

2,593

 

2,431

 

2,434

 

6.7

 

6.5

 

Financial advisers (No.) (1)

 

3,059

 

2,907

 

2,894

 

5.2

 

5.7

 

 


(1)

In addition to banking and aligned channels, Wealth Management Australia has relationships with over 3,000 External Financial Advisers in Australia at September 2005 (March 2005: 2,750, September 2004: 2,600).

 

32



 

FTEs are 3.2% and 10.4% below March 2005 and September 2004 respectively, following initiatives to align expenses to business volumes and transition to the new regional operating model.

 

Continued strong competition in the market has impacted adviser numbers in Australia, however adviser productivity has improved over the year. A number of initiatives, such as the refreshed licensee offer and the adviser scholarship program, are underway to assist in the recruitment and retention of advisers. These initiatives have resulted in a significant pipeline of new advisers transitioning to our network. Financial adviser numbers in Asia have increased following active recruitment across the region.

 

Investments

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

on Sep 04

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

%

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

%

 

Total funds under management and administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot

 

84.8

 

78.7

 

7.8

 

84.8

 

74.6

 

13.7

 

Average

 

80.8

 

77.7

 

4.0

 

79.2

 

70.2

 

12.8

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Jun 05

 

31 Dec 04

 

30 Jun 04

 

Market share - Australia % (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Master Funds (2)

 

16.7

 

17.4

 

17.8

 

Annual Master Funds inflows

 

12.8

 

12.8

 

13.3

 

Annual Master Funds outflows

 

13.9

 

14.7

 

15.9

 

Retail funds management (ex cash mgmt)(2)

 

12.9

 

13.2

 

13.3

 

Annual Retail inflows (ex cash mgmt)

 

10.6

 

10.3

 

10.5

 

Annual Retail outflows (ex cash mgmt)

 

10.8

 

11.1

 

11.4

 

Corporate Master Funds (2)

 

17.1

 

17.7

 

16.7

 

Net annual Corporate Master Funds flows

 

26.6

 

24.9

 

18.1

 

 


(1)

Source: Plan for Life Australian Retail & Wholesale Investments Market Share & Dynamics Report as at 30 June 2005.

(2)

Corporate Master Funds are a subset of Total Master Funds and Retail Funds Management.

 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

Investments profit from operations (after tax) increased 10.6%. The result was positively impacted by increased fee revenue following continued growth in funds under management and administration (FUM), with average FUM growing 12.8% over the year to September 2005. Partially offsetting this result was the impact of lower retail margins following changes to commission rates from 1 April 2005 ($6 million) and the loss of transitional tax relief on personal superannuation, business superannuation and allocated pension products written through the life companies from 1 July 2005 ($15 million). Additionally, the expected losses on a small portfolio of closed products which are loss making were brought to account ($5 million).

 

Wealth Management maintained the number one position in the target market of Master Fund FUM in Australia, with market share of 16.7% as at 30 June 2005. Gross annual Master Fund inflows of $9.0 billion were achieved, representing a market share of 12.8%, and ranking second in the industry. Retail FUM (ex cash management) market share was 12.9% ranking second in the industry as at 30 June 2005.

 

Wealth Management also maintained the number one ranking in Corporate Master Funds FUM, with market share of 17.1% as at 30 June 2005. Market share decreased from the prior period primarily due to a downward revision of the reported FUM in PLUM.

 

The cost to funds under management ratio for the Investments business* achieved 48 basis points as a result of increased funds under management and cost containment. This compares with 56 basis points for the year ended 30 September 2004.

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Investments profit from operations (after tax) for the September 2005 half was impacted by lower retail margins following changes to commission rates from 1 April 2005 ($6 million) and the loss of transitional tax relief ($15 million). Additionally, the expected losses on a small portfolio of closed products which are loss making were brought to account during the September half ($5m). Partially offsetting this was profit from

 

33



 

the member protected portfolio due to strong investment earnings, which only arises in the September half ($6 million), and the positive impact of increased fee revenue following the 4.0% growth in average FUM driven by the continued strong investment market conditions. The cost to funds under management ratio for the Investments business* was 49 basis points for the September 2005 half (March half 50 basis points).

 


*Excludes volume-related expenses.

 

 

 

Year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Opening
Balance
Sep 04

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Investment
Earnings

 

Other (2)

 

Closing
Balance
Sep 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Funds under management and administration (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Platforms

 

44,668

 

8,889

 

(6,867

)

8,516

 

(1,841

)

53,365

 

Wholesale

 

17,176

 

3,683

 

(3,978

)

2,535

 

 

19,416

 

Other Retail and Trustee

 

12,188

 

206

 

(1,716

)

920

 

(224

)

11,374

 

Australia

 

74,032

 

12,778

 

(12,561

)

11,971

 

(2,065

)

84,155

 

Asia

 

572

 

264

 

(83

)

45

 

(134

)

664

 

Total

 

74,604

 

13,042

 

(12,644

)

12,016

 

(2,199

)

84,819

 

 

 

 

Year ended 30 September 2004

 

 

 

Opening
Balance
Sep 03

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Investment
Earnings

 

Other (2)

 

Closing
Balance
Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Funds under management and administration (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Platforms

 

38,540

 

8,234

 

(6,413

)

5,187

 

(880

)

44,668

 

Wholesale

 

13,683

 

4,528

 

(2,454

)

1,419

 

 

17,176

 

Other Retail and Trustee

 

14,002

 

200

 

(1,681

)

806

 

(1,139

)

12,188

 

Australia

 

66,225

 

12,962

 

(10,548

)

7,412

 

(2,019

)

74,032

 

Asia

 

516

 

265

 

(68

)

27

 

(168

)

572

 

Total

 

66,741

 

13,227

 

(10,616

)

7,439

 

(2,187

)

74,604

 

 

 

 

Half Year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Opening
Balance
Mar 05

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Investment
Earnings

 

Other (2)

 

Closing
Balance
Sep 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Funds under management and administration (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Platforms

 

48,463

 

4,688

 

(3,465

)

5,100

 

(1,421

)

53,365

 

Wholesale

 

18,196

 

1,830

 

(2,324

)

1,714

 

 

19,416

 

Other Retail and Trustee

 

11,453

 

125

 

(842

)

492

 

146

 

11,374

 

Australia

 

78,112

 

6,643

 

(6,631

)

7,306

 

(1,275

)

84,155

 

Asia

 

587

 

135

 

(42

)

20

 

(36

)

664

 

Total

 

78,699

 

6,778

 

(6,673

)

7,326

 

(1,311

)

84,819

 

 

 

 

Half Year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Opening
Balance
Sep 04

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Investment
Earnings

 

Other (2)

 

Closing
Balance
Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Funds under management and administration (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Platforms

 

44,668

 

4,201

 

(3,402

)

3,416

 

(420

)

48,463

 

Wholesale

 

17,176

 

1,853

 

(1,654

)

821

 

 

18,196

 

Other Retail and Trustee

 

12,188

 

81

 

(874

)

428

 

(370

)

11,453

 

Australia

 

74,032

 

6,135

 

(5,930

)

4,665

 

(790

)

78,112

 

Asia

 

572

 

129

 

(41

)

25

 

(98

)

587

 

Total

 

74,604

 

6,264

 

(5,971

)

4,690

 

(888

)

78,699

 

 


(1)

Balances have been restated to reflect the reclassification of PLUM from Wholesale to Platforms, and to reclassify products which have been closed to new business during the year from Platforms to Other Retail and Trustee.

(2)

Other includes trust distributions and flows due to the sale/purchase of businesses.

 

34



 

FUM of $84.8 billion at 30 September 2005 grew $10.2 billion or 13.7% from 30 September 2004, and by 7.8% from 31 March 2005, primarily due to strong investment earnings.

 

Platforms

 

Platform FUM comprises the MLC MasterKey offerings, MLC Investment Trust and PLUM. Platform net funds flows for the full year have been negatively impacted by the closure of product offerings to new MLC Investment Trust investors. Inflows into the MasterKey Investment Service, launched in March 2005 partially offset this result in the September 2005 half.

 

Wholesale

 

Solid inflows into JANA implemented consulting have been offset by lower net flows in the Capital National Alliance, reflecting the lumpy nature of flows in the wholesale business.

 

Other Retail & Trustee

 

Other Retail and Trustee consists of products that were closed to new business, funds under trusteeship and Traditional FUM. The outflows relate primarily to the closed National Investments products.

 

Asia

 

Underlying FUM growth of 25.6% has been partially offset by the impact of the strengthening Australian dollar against local currencies.

 

Insurance

 

 

 

As at

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Annual InForce Premiums ($m) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk insurance

 

508.1

 

484.7

 

464.9

 

4.8

 

9.3

 

Group insurance

 

125.3

 

123.0

 

110.7

 

1.9

 

13.2

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Jun 05

 

31 Dec 04

 

30 Jun 04

 

Market share - Australia (%) (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk insurance

 

15.4

 

15.2

 

15.1

 

New retail risk annual premiums

 

11.4

 

12.4

 

13.6

 

 


(1)

Annualised inforce premiums for Australia only. Inforce premiums for Asia are not shown in this table as they are Traditional in nature.

(2)

Source: DEXX&R Life Analysis Reports as at 30 June 2005, 31 December 2004 and 30 June 2004. Retail risk insurance includes term, trauma and disability insurance.

 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

Insurance profit from operations showed solid underlying growth, driven by higher annual inforce premiums and favourable claims experience (particularly in the September half). However, the result was adversely impacted by the finalisation of prior years’ tax returns ($7 million) and the implementation of a more conservative capital strategy in the year to September 2004, which resulted in lower investment-related profits ($5 million). This saw headline profit from operations (after tax) 3.6% lower for the year to September 2005.

 

At 30 June 2005 Wealth Management Australia maintained the number one position for retail risk annual inforce premiums with market share of 15.4%, underpinned by retention of the existing book of business. An increasingly competitive market has resulted in a fall in market share of new retail risk annual premiums to 11.4% at 30 June 2005.

 

Growth in the inforce premium book and cost containment has resulted in a cost to premium income ratio for the year of 15% compared with 18% for the September 2004 year.

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Insurance profit from operations (after-tax) increased by 14.9%, primarily due to improved claims experience in the individual lump sum and disability business. This was partially offset by finalisation of prior years’ tax returns.

 

The cost to premium income ratio for the September 2005 half of 15% compared to 16% in the March 2005 half.

 

35



 

 

 

Year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Opening Balance
Sep 04

 

Sales/New
Business

 

Lapses & other
movements

 

Closing Balance
Sep 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia Full Year Inforce Premiums (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk

 

464.9

 

79.2

 

(36.0

)

508.1

 

Group risk

 

110.7

 

37.2

 

(22.6

)

125.3

 

Total

 

575.6

 

116.4

 

(58.6

)

633.4

 

 

 

 

Year ended 30 September 2004

 

 

 

Opening Balance
Sep 03

 

Sales/New
Business

 

Lapses & other
movements

 

Closing Balance
Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia Full Year Inforce Premiums (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk

 

416.9

 

76.8

 

(28.8

)

464.9

 

Group risk

 

109.1

 

43.9

 

(42.3

)

110.7

 

Total

 

526.0

 

120.7

 

(71.1

)

575.6

 

 

 

 

Half Year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Opening Balance
Mar 05

 

Sales/New
Business

 

Lapses & other
movements

 

Closing Balance
Sep 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia Half Year Inforce Premiums (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk

 

484.7

 

42.2

 

(18.8

)

508.1

 

Group risk

 

123.0

 

16.9

 

(14.6

)

125.3

 

Total

 

607.7

 

59.1

 

(33.4

)

633.4

 

 

 

 

Half Year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Opening Balance
Sep 04

 

Sales/New
Business

 

Lapses & other
movements

 

Closing Balance Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia Half Year Inforce Premiums (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk

 

464.9

 

37.0

 

(17.2

)

484.7

 

Group risk

 

110.7

 

20.3

 

(8.0

)

123.0

 

Total

 

575.6

 

57.3

 

(25.2

)

607.7

 

 


(1)       Inforce premiums for Asia are not shown in this table as they are Traditional in nature.

 

Other

 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

The loss on Other items for the year to September 2005 includes $20 million of strategic investment expenditure on the Amazon program (compared to $26 million in the year to September 2004). The September 2005 result was negatively impacted by increased spend on regulatory and compliance projects ($13 million) including enforceable undertakings, increased discretionary project expenditure ($13 million) and lower profits in the non-life businesses and shareholders branches of the life companies ($10 million). These negative items were partially offset by an insurance recovery relating to the NAFiM Investor Compensation payments ($27 million). The year to September 2004 was positively impacted by $13 million relating to the settlement of a legal claim and the finalisation of 2003 tax returns.

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

The loss on Other items for the September 2005 half includes $6 million of strategic investment expenditure on the Amazon program (compared to $14 million in the March 2005 half). The September 2005 half was positively impacted by lower spend on regulatory and compliance projects ($8 million). The insurance recovery relating to the NAFiM Investor Compensation payments received in the September 2005 half was $8 million (compared to $19 million in the March 2005 half).

 

36



 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

50

 

33

 

51.5

 

83

 

48

 

72.9

 

Insurance

 

17

 

14

 

21.4

 

31

 

21

 

47.6

 

Total

 

67

 

47

 

42.6

 

114

 

69

 

65.2

 

 

Shareholders’ capital is invested in fixed interest and cash (75%) with the remaining balance in equities, consistent with the investment profile of policyholder assets and regional regulatory requirements. The average asset balances of the life insurance statutory funds for the year was $1.7 billion.

 

Investment earnings generated on shareholders’ invested capital in the life insurance statutory funds for the year to September 2005 was $114 million, in line with the strong performance of the major stock markets over the year.

 

Prior year adjustments

 

Following a number of years of considerable change impacting the Wealth Management Group, a full review of tax processes and balances was launched during 2004. The outcomes of the review were the recognition of prior year negative adjustments for tax of $50 million in the year to September 2004. These adjustments were reflected within change in policy liabilities.

 

37



 

Valuation and revaluation profit

 

The valuation represents the market value of the subsidiaries of the parent life company, National Australia Financial Management Limited (NAFiM). The Wealth Management entities in New Zealand and Europe have remained subsidiaries of NAFiM despite the reorganisation of the business along regional lines, and are therefore still included within the valuation. The valuation provided represents the combined value of the Group’s debt and equity interests in the subsidiaries of NAFiM. The Group’s debt interests principally relate to loans to Wealth Management Europe and New Zealand used to fund the acquisition of the existing life insurance and funds management businesses of National Australia Group Europe and Bank of New Zealand.  The reconciliation between the market valuation below and the deduction for capital adequacy purposes is outlined in note 17.

 

Included within Wealth Management operations, but excluded from the valuation are businesses such as National Australia Trustees and NAFiM’s own business. The valuation also excludes the value created from banking product sales through Wealth Management channels.

 

The valuation increased $549 million or 8.4% from $6,509 million at 30 September 2004 to $7,058 million at 30 September 2005. The underlying growth was 11.8% after removing the impacts of dividend payments ($149 million), transfer of franking credits ($42 million), and the impact of economic assumption changes. Values shown are directors’ market valuations. The valuations are based on Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) valuations prepared by Tillinghast, using, for the Australian and New Zealand entities, risk discount rates specified by the directors. The components comprising the change in value are summarised below:

 

NAFiM subsidiaries

Market value summary ($m)

 

 

 

Net
assets

 

Value of
inforce
business

 

Embedded
value

 

Value of
future
new
business

 

Market
value

 

Market value at 30 September 2004

 

1,605

 

2,411

 

4,016

 

2,493

 

6,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profits after tax of NAFiM subsidiaries

 

418

 

 

418

 

 

418

 

Capital and other movements

 

(226

)

22

 

(204

)

 

(204

)

Increase in shareholders’ net assets

 

192

 

22

 

214

 

 

214

 

Revaluation profit /(loss) components before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Business assumptions & roll forward

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Roll forward of DCF

 

 

 

321

 

321

 

 

321

 

Change in assumptions & experience

 

 

 

114

 

114

 

(58

)

56

 

- Tax consolidations – transfer of franking credits to National Group

 

 

 

(42

)

(42

)

 

(42

)

Revaluation profit before tax

 

 

393

 

393

 

(58

)

335

 

Foreign exchange excess movements

 

42

 

(42

)

 

 

 

Market value at 30 September 2005

 

1,839

 

2,784

 

4,623

 

2,435

 

7,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit on revaluation profit

 

 

 

10

 

10

 

 

10

 

Revaluation profit after tax

 

 

403

 

403

 

(58

)

345

 

 

Revaluation Profit

 

The revaluation profit before tax of $335 million represents the growth in market value after allowing for changes in shareholder net assets, and is driven by anticipated growth in market values utilising the assumptions adopted at the previous valuation ($321 million) and changes to assumptions at this valuation and/or experience since the prior valuation ($56 million).

 

The positive $56 million impact from change in assumptions and experience primarily reflects the positive impact from higher than expected investment earnings and ongoing expense control, which was offset partially by the impact of lower assumed margins for retail and corporate funds management products.

 

The Europe, Asian and New Zealand businesses had positive experience in local currency.

 

38



 

Entities held within the mark to market environment include operations in Australia, Europe, New Zealand and Asia. Distribution of value by both region and business segment are summarised below:

 

NAFiM subsidiaries

Market value summary ($m)

 

 

 

Net
assets

 

Value of
inforce
business

 

Embedd
-ed
value

 

Value of
future
new
business

 

At
30 Sep 05
Market
value

 

At
30 Sep 04
Market
value

 

By region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,424

 

2,310

 

3,734

 

2,247

 

5,981

 

5,690

 

Europe

 

181

 

236

 

417

 

48

 

465

 

446

 

New Zealand

 

37

 

54

 

91

 

19

 

110

 

85

 

Asia

 

197

 

184

 

381

 

121

 

502

 

288

 

Market value at 30 September 2005

 

1,839

 

2,784

 

4,623

 

2,435

 

7,058

 

6,509

 

By business segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

1,006

 

1,358

 

2,364

 

1,434

 

3,798

 

3,455

 

Insurance

 

868

 

1,481

 

2,349

 

963

 

3,312

 

2,998

 

Other

 

(35

)

(55

)

(90

)

38

 

(52

)

56

 

Market value at 30 September 2005

 

1,839

 

2,784

 

4,623

 

2,435

 

7,058

 

6,509

 

 

The buy-out of the Hong Kong minority interests was funded by debt, which is included in the Other segment. The corresponding increase in value from the buy-out is included in the Investments and Insurance segments.

 

Actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of market value

 

Actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of market values for significant Wealth Management businesses held within the mark to market environment are summarised as follows:

 

 

 

September 2005

 

September 2004

 

 

 

New
business
multiplier(2)

 

Risk discount
rate

 

Franking
credit
assumptn

 

New
business
multiplier

 

Risk discount
rate

 

Franking
credit
assumptn

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

Assumptions applied in the determination of market value(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

8.7

 

10.9-12.0

 

70

 

8.9

 

11.0-12.1

 

70

 

Insurance

 

9.6

 

10.9

 

70

 

9.6

 

11.0

 

70

 

New Zealand

 

9.9

 

11.4-12.5

 

70

 

7.1

 

11.7-12.8

 

70

 

Hong Kong

 

9.0

 

12.0

 

 

9.0

 

12.0

 

 

 


(1)

The bulk of the European valuation was performed on a consolidated basis. Where the European business valuations identified separate values of inforce business and future new business, approximate methods were used to derive the value of future business that did not involve new business multipliers. The risk discount rate used in the European valuations at 30 September 2005 was 10.0% (10.5% at 30 September 2004).

(2)

New business multipliers are historical multipliers, and express the value of future business as a multiple of value derived from the most recent 12 months actual sales.

 

39



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Total UK

 

TOTAL UK

 

Summary (includes ongoing and disposed operations)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Banking

 

215

 

266

 

(19.2

)

481

 

594

 

(19.0

)

Wealth Management UK (1)

 

14

 

31

 

(54.8

)

45

 

17

 

large

 

Total UK

 

229

 

297

 

(22.9

)

526

 

611

 

(13.9

)

 


(1)

Refer to page 45 for a detailed performance summary of the Total UK result and refer to note 1a for a reconciliation of UK Banking and Wealth Management UK’s result to Group net profit.

 

Financial performance highlights

 

The result reflects a business that has been investing in key areas to turn around a period of declining profits. In the ongoing operations a stable underlying profit position was supported by clear evidence of accelerating asset growth and growing business momentum.

 

Business developments

 

                  As at 30 September 2005 the UK operation comprised 425 branches, 78 Financial Solutions Centres and 923 ATMs providing financial solutions to over 2.6 million customers.

 

                  The National’s UK Growth Program continues to create an efficient, differentiated business that delivers leading products, great service and sustainable shareholder value. The key achievements to date are:

 

                  32 financial solutions centres operational in the South East of England by 30 September 2005 adding £636million of lending volumes and £140million of deposit volumes to the balance sheet;

                  significant progress has been made with the roll out of the financial solutions concept into the heartland markets in the north of England and Scotland with centres operating to Integrated Financial Solutions (IFS) principles. Physical premises upgrades have been completed at Dundee, Doncaster and Bolton and further schemes will shortly complete at Edinburgh, Leicester, Dunfermline and Coventry. This is a two-year programme that will upgrade all 33 business banking centres. Good growth has been experienced over the year with £3.2billion of lending balances and £0.9billion of deposit balances added excluding the impact of the Irish banks sale;

                  the re-alignment of the Group’s high street branch presence to reflect changing customer usage and needs, including the closure of 24 branches and the establishment of 57 ‘flagship’ branches in key centres, which will also offer banking services to the micro-business segment;

                  third party distribution channel exceeded the target of gross mortgage advances of £800m by adding £989m completions by 30 September 2005. This expansion into the mortgage intermediary market has now led to over 300 relationships with many of the UK’s leading brokers;

                  the provision of account access for Clydesdale Bank customers at any of the UK’s 14,000 Post Offices;

                  to diversify the region’s balance sheet funding options (in light of the new limits set by APS 222 and the tighter APRA imposed restrictions) the Clydesdale Bank Money Market Desk was opened on 4th April 2005. It has successfully launched a US$5bn Commercial Paper Programme that at the end of September had raised £0.5bn.  Short term funding has been further improved by the addition of £0.8bn in Certificates of Deposit and a further £0.9bn from inter-bank deposits; and

                  Northern and National Irish Banks were sold on 28 February 2005 to Danske Bank A/S generating a net profit on sale after all disposal costs including taxation of A$1,043 million. The remaining UK operation will continue to provide certain support functions to Danske Bank A/S at an agreed cost for an 18 month transitional period from the date of sale.

 

Commitment to the Community

 

In the UK we have been involved in number of community activities, including:

 

                  Clydesdale Bank sponsorship of the Scottish Commonwealth Games team;

                  Yorkshire Bank sponsorship of Opera North and the Twenty20 Cup; and

                  Launch of a new charity partnership initiative with the British Heart Foundation, the UK’s heart charity.

 

40



 

Restructuring Activity

 

Restructuring is underway with the reconfiguration of the distribution networks and streamlining of operations. These restructuring initiatives generated £21million in pre tax savings in September 2005 half.

 

Total UK (Banking & Wealth Management) Ongoing Operations

 

The following section considers the performance of the ongoing operations of Total UK. It is based on pro-forma information for both current and comparative periods, which has been calculated as Total UK, adjusting for the following:

 

                  excludes the contribution of the Irish Banks to the Total UK results (refer to Note 2a for a reconciliation of the Irish Banks’ results). The Irish Banks were sold on 28 February 2005;

                  excludes the UK custody business, the closure of which was fully provided for in the financial statements at September 2004; and

                  excludes National Australia Life Company Limited, which was sold on 31 December 2003.

 

A complete view of the Total UK operations is set out on page 45.

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

Pounds sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

350

 

334

 

4.8

 

684

 

678

 

0.9

 

Other operating income (1)

 

222

 

183

 

21.3

 

405

 

342

 

18.4

 

Total income

 

572

 

517

 

10.6

 

1,089

 

1,020

 

6.8

 

Other operating expenses (1)

 

(374

)

(330

)

(13.3

)

(704

)

(641

)

(9.8

)

Underlying profit

 

198

 

187

 

5.9

 

385

 

379

 

1.6

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(53

)

(35

)

(51.4

)

(88

)

(80

)

(10.0

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

145

 

152

 

(4.6

)

297

 

299

 

(0.7

)

Income tax expense

 

(50

)

(46

)

(8.7

)

(96

)

(87

)

(10.3

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

95

 

106

 

(10.4

)

201

 

212

 

(5.2

)

 


(1)

The five months to 28 February 2005 exclude certain fixed head office expenses recharged to the Irish Banks that from 1 March 2005 can no longer be recharged. The March 2005 half includes one month’s income recharge receivable by the UK for transitional services to be provided to Danske Bank A/S. Recharges continued in each month of the six months to September 2005. Refer to detailed performance summary for further detail of impact.

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.80

%

0.93

%

 

 

0.86

%

0.96

%

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

65.4

%

63.8

%

 

 

64.6

%

62.8

%

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (£’000)

 

20

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

21

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

3.77

%

3.91

%

 

 

3.84

%

4.16

%

 

 

Net interest spread

 

3.01

%

3.53

%

 

 

3.27

%

3.87

%

 

 

Average balance sheet (£bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

17.4

 

15.6

 

11.5

 

16.5

 

14.5

 

13.8

 

Interest-earning assets

 

18.5

 

17.1

 

8.2

 

17.8

 

16.3

 

9.2

 

Retail deposits

 

11.6

 

11.2

 

3.6

 

11.4

 

10.9

 

4.6

 

 

41



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

9,480

 

9,772

 

10,072

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (£m)

 

48

 

60

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances (£bn)

 

18.8

 

16.3

 

15.3

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.26

%

0.37

%

0.49

%

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

78.6

%

56.0

%

56.9

%

 

 

 

 

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels

 

115

 

112

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

Aligned channels

 

43

 

53

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

Financial advisers (no.)

 

158

 

165

 

172

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration (£m)

 

1,623

 

1,513

 

1,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial performance of ongoing operations (in local currency) – year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items decreased 5.2% on the September 2004 year reflecting higher expenses and charges to provide for doubtful debts partially offset by an improved income position.

 

Underlying profit increased 1.6% on the September 2004 result driven by the following factors:

 

                  Net interest income has increased 0.9%, however excluding the benefit from the four month retention of the proceeds from the Irish bank sale of £19m, net interest income decreased 1.9%. Growing momentum from the Integrated Financial Solutions centres and Third Party Distribution has led to strong underlying volume growth with this being offset by the managed effects of margin contraction and a changing portfolio mix.

 

                  Average lending balances increased 13.8%, predominantly 11.2% from IFS and Third Party Distribution.  The continuing focus on mortgage lending, consistent with the growth strategy, has resulted in growth of average mortgage balances of 19.9%; 8.4% from Integrated Financial Solutions Centres, 6.9% from the third party distribution channel, and 4.6% from the branch network.

 

                  Average Retail deposit balances grew 4.6% driven by pricing initiatives on existing products and the launch of Current Account Plus designed to attract ‘new to bank’ customers.

 

                  Net interest margin has decreased 32 basis points from 4.16% to 3.84%. Excluding the benefit of the proceeds from the sale of the Irish Banks, held for four months, the underlying margin decline was 43 basis points. This decline reflects the shift to lower-margin products across the lending and deposit portfolios. Within Lending higher margin personal loans and credit cards have not experienced volume growth at a comparable rate due to the deliberately re-priced lower margin offerings, such as the Offset Mortgage and Residential Development Loans, targeted in the expansion strategy.  Savings Accounts have been re-priced to attract liability growth and customers have moved to lower margin products.

 

                  Other operating income has increased 18.4% reflecting

 

                  an increase in origination fees of £12.1million driven by the volume growth of the Integrated Financial Solutions Centres and third party propositions;

 

                  higher annual management charges on Funds Under Management of £3.1 million driven by strengthening investment market performance in the current year;

 

                  the profit on property transactions of £21 million; and

 

                  new income from Danske Bank A/S of £19 million in respect of transitional services (offset by an increase in expenses).

 

                  Operating expenses have increased 9.8% driven by:

 

                  increase of £19 million due to costs associated with transitional services provided to Danske Bank A/S;

 

                  costs associated with the transformation of the business have grown by £50million including the costs of approximately 260 new staff in the Integrated Financial Solutions Centres, additional property associated costs, advertising and marketing costs, additional brokerage commission costs as a result of 4,810 more mortgage completions through the third party channel and a self sustaining incentive scheme aimed at rewarding strong income performance; and

 

42



 

                  overhead costs previously internally charged to the Ireland operation of £24million, and targeted to be managed out the business over 18 months from the date of sale.

 

Partially offset by

 

                  Reduced expenditure on Front End Replacement and investment projects partly offset by increased spend on compliance (Sarbanes Oxley and Basel II) projects (net decrease £12 million); and

 

                  £21 million savings from the restructuring initiatives provided for in the March 2005 half. To date the initiatives have delivered a spot FTE reduction of 782.

 

The charge to provide for doubtful debts has increased 10% on September 2004. This was driven by the market deterioration in credit cards, the temporary downturn in the and personal lending books within the Yorkshire Bank brand over the last six months and additional statistical provision charges as a result of increased lending growth. This has been partially offset by lower provisioning resulting from attracting higher net worth customers from the Integrated Financial Solutions and the impacts of a re-rating and data cleanse exercise.

 

Financial performance of ongoing operations (in local currency) – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items decreased 10.4% on the March 2005 half reflecting a higher income position offset by increased expenses and charges to provide for doubtful debts.

 

Underlying profit increased by 5.9% with the following factors driving the result:

 

                  Net interest income has increased 4.8%, however excluding the benefit of holding the proceeds from the Irish bank sale on deposit 3 months in the September 2005 half (£14.5 million) and for one month in the March 2005 half (£4.5 million), net interest income increased 1.8%. This increase again reflects the growing momentum of the Integrated Financial Solutions centres and third party distribution network with strong underlying volume growth again being partially offset by the managed effects of further margin contraction and changing portfolio mix.

 

                  Average lending volumes increased 11.5% on prior corresponding period (9.9% from Integrated Financial Solutions Centres and Third Party Distribution). The continuing focus on mortgage lending has resulted in growth of mortgage volumes of 11.5%; 4.2% from Integrated Financial Solutions and 6.4% from third party distribution.

 

                  Average Retail deposit volumes grew 3.6% driven by pricing initiatives on existing products and the launch of Current Account Plus designed to attract ‘new to bank’ customers.

 

                  Net interest margin has decreased 14 basis points from 3.91% to 3.77%. Excluding the benefit of the proceeds from the sale of the Irish Banks, held for three months in the September 2005 half, the underlying margin decline was 25 basis points. This decline reflects the shift to lower-margin products across the portfolio. Within Lending higher margin personal loans and credit cards have not experienced volume growth at a comparable rate to the deliberately re-priced lower margin offerings. Savings accounts have been re-priced to attract liability growth and customers have moved to lower margin products.

 

                  Other operating income is 21.3% higher reflecting:

 

                  an increase in origination fees of £6.1 million driven by the growth of the IFS and third party propositions;

 

                  lower profit share income from creditor insurance of £8 million reflecting the fact that this income is traditionally received in the first half of the year;

 

                  the profit on property transactions of £21million; and

 

                  new income from Danske Bank A/S of £15 million for the provision of transitional services (offset by an increase in expenses).

 

                  Operating expenses have increased 13.3% driven by:

 

                  increase of £15 million due to costs associated with transitional services provided to Danske Bank A/S;

 

                  costs associated with the UK Growth Program have increased by £21 million including the recruitment and ongoing costs of 156 staff in the Integrated Financial Solutions Centres, additional property associated costs, advertising and marketing costs, additional brokerage commission costs as a result of more mortgage completions through the third party channel and a self sustaining incentive scheme aimed at rewarding strong income performance;

 

                  overhead costs previously internally charged to the Ireland operation of £16 million and are targeted to be managed out the business over 18 months from the date of sale; and

 

43



 

                  additional investment spend in the second half (£7million) on integration and compliance investment.

 

Partially offset by:

 

                  £21 million savings from the restructuring initiatives provided for in the March 2005 half.  To date the initiatives have delivered a gross FTE reduction of 782 (including 64 through natural attrition) mostly in the final quarter.

 

The charge to provide for doubtful debts has increased 51.4% (£18million) on the March 2005 half. This was driven by deterioration in the credit card market, the temporary downturn of the Yorkshire Bank personal lending book over the last six months and the additional statistical provision charges as a result of increased lending growth. This has been partially offset by lower provisioning from attracting higher quality customers from the Integrated Financial Solutions Centres and the impacts of a re-rating and data cleanse exercise.

 

44



 

Supplementary Performance Summary (includes ongoing and disposed operations - eg. includes the Irish Banks)

 

Performance Summary – Total UK (Banking & Wealth Management)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Australian dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

835

 

1,002

 

(16.7

)

1,837

 

2,158

 

(14.9

)

Other operating income

 

530

 

522

 

1.5

 

1,052

 

1,075

 

(2.1

)

Total income

 

1,365

 

1,524

 

(10.4

)

2,889

 

3,233

 

(10.6

)

Other operating expenses

 

(894

)

(1,006

)

11.1

 

(1,900

)

(2,138

)

11.1

 

Underlying profit

 

471

 

518

 

(9.1

)

989

 

1,095

 

(9.7

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(125

)

(91

)

(37.4

)

(216

)

(224

)

3.6

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

346

 

427

 

(19.0

)

773

 

871

 

(11.3

)

Income tax expense

 

(117

)

(130

)

10.0

 

(247

)

(260

)

5.0

 

Cash earnings before significant
items (1)

 

229

 

297

 

(22.9

)

526

 

611

 

(13.9

)

 


(1)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of UK Banking and Wealth Management UK’s result to Group net profit.

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

Pounds sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

350

 

409

 

(14.4

)

759

 

874

 

(13.2

)

Other operating income

 

222

 

214

 

3.7

 

436

 

435

 

0.2

 

Total income

 

572

 

623

 

(8.2

)

1,195

 

1,309

 

(8.7

)

Other operating expenses

 

(374

)

(412

)

9.2

 

(786

)

(864

)

9.0

 

Underlying profit

 

198

 

211

 

(6.2

)

409

 

445

 

(8.1

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(53

)

(37

)

(43.2

)

(90

)

(91

)

1.1

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

145

 

174

 

(16.7

)

319

 

354

 

(9.9

)

Income tax expense

 

(50

)

(53

)

5.7

 

(103

)

(106

)

2.8

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

95

 

121

 

(21.5

)

216

 

248

 

(12.9

)

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.80

%

0.85

%

 

 

0.83

%

0.88

%

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

65.4

%

66.1

%

 

 

65.8

%

66.0

%

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (£’000)

 

20

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

19

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

3.77

%

3.69

%

 

 

3.73

%

3.96

%

 

 

Net interest spread

 

3.01

%

3.13

%

 

 

3.08

%

3.54

%

 

 

Average balance sheet (£bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

17.4

 

19.2

 

9.4

 

18.3

 

19.5

 

(6.2

)

Interest-earning assets

 

18.5

 

22.3

 

(17.0

)

20.4

 

22.0

 

(7.3

)

Retail deposits

 

11.6

 

15.0

 

(22.7

)

13.3

 

15.4

 

(13.6

)

 

45



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

9,480

 

9,772

 

12,865

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (£m)

 

48

 

60

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances (£bn)

 

18.8

 

16.3

 

20.4

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.26

%

0.37

%

0.53

%

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

78.6

%

56.0

%

46.0

%

 

 

 

 

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels

 

115

 

112

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

Aligned channels

 

43

 

53

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

Financial advisers (no.)

 

158

 

165

 

221

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration (£m)

 

1,623

 

1,513

 

1,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

46



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Total New Zealand

 

TOTAL NEW ZEALAND

 

Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

160

 

159

 

0.6

 

319

 

296

 

7.8

 

Wealth Management New Zealand

 

8

 

4

 

large

 

12

 

11

 

9.1

 

Total New Zealand

 

168

 

163

 

3.1

 

331

 

307

 

7.8

 

 

Financial performance highlights

 

New Zealand’s cash earnings growth has been driven by solid volume growth and market share gains in an intensely competitive banking environment. New Zealand, through its focus on a long-term strategy and measured re-investment in the franchise, is well positioned to continue market share gains across key segments and to drive sustainable earnings growth going forward.

 

Business developments

 

                  An increasing share in the key market segments of housing, youth and SME has been achieved throughout the year with the launch of new competitive products and a stepped up focus on sales. This has achieved further market share growth in the home loan segment. The September 2005 half has also seen the launch of a ‘Business First’ suite of products specifically for the SME market.

 

                  The recent rise in brand awareness and preference continues with strong support for the latest “Unbeatable” housing campaign. The “Any fixed rate, any big bank - WE’LL BEAT IT or we’ll give you $100” promotion has proved to be a great success.

 

                  Initiatives to deepen customer relationships through improved customer service has seen BNZ rated as the best customer service for a contact centre over 50 seats across all industries in New Zealand for two years running.

 

Commitment to the Community

 

                  Sponsorship of the New Zealand Commonwealth Games team for Melbourne 2006 as a Principal Partner and its motto “together in pursuit of excellence” reinforces the goal of being number one in the financial services market;

 

                  Principal charitable sponsorship, the Bank of New Zealand Kiwi Recovery Trust - a partnership between the Bank and the Department of Conservation, for the preservation of kiwis in the wild; and

 

                  The Bank of New Zealand Katherine Mansfield Awards for short story writing, enjoyed its most successful year yet. Now in its 56th year, the awards continue to attract the cream of New Zealand’s writing talent.

 

Total New Zealand (Banking & Wealth Management)

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Australian dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

394

 

388

 

1.5

 

782

 

720

 

8.6

 

Other operating income

 

204

 

202

 

1.0

 

406

 

402

 

1.0

 

Total income

 

598

 

590

 

1.4

 

1,188

 

1,122

 

5.9

 

Other operating expenses

 

(327

)

(337

)

3.0

 

(664

)

(633

)

(4.9

)

Underlying profit

 

271

 

253

 

7.1

 

524

 

489

 

7.2

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(25

)

(12

)

large

 

(37

)

(21

)

(76.2

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

246

 

241

 

2.1

 

487

 

468

 

4.1

 

Income tax expense

 

(78

)

(78

)

 

(156

)

(161

)

3.1

 

Cash earnings before significant
items (1)

 

168

 

163

 

3.1

 

331

 

307

 

7.8

 

 


(1)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of New Zealand Banking and Wealth Management New Zealand’s result to Group net profit.

 

47



 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

New Zealand dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

428

 

420

 

1.9

 

848

 

810

 

4.7

 

Other operating income

 

222

 

219

 

1.4

 

441

 

453

 

(2.6

)

Total income

 

650

 

639

 

1.7

 

1,289

 

1,263

 

2.1

 

Other operating expenses

 

(353

)

(366

)

3.6

 

(719

)

(710

)

(1.3

)

Underlying profit

 

297

 

273

 

8.8

 

570

 

553

 

3.1

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(28

)

(13

)

large

 

(41

)

(24

)

(70.8

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

269

 

260

 

3.5

 

529

 

529

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(85

)

(84

)

(1.2

)

(169

)

(181

)

6.6

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

184

 

176

 

4.5

 

360

 

348

 

3.4

 

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.98

%

1.00

%

 

 

0.99

%

1.06

%

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

54.3

%

57.3

%

 

 

55.8

%

56.2

%

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (NZ$’000)

 

80

 

78

 

 

 

79

 

76

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

2.37

%

2.50

%

 

 

2.43

%

2.61

%

 

 

Net interest spread

 

2.07

%

2.21

%

 

 

2.14

%

2.42

%

 

 

Average balance sheet (NZ$bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

31.8

 

29.4

 

8.2

 

30.6

 

26.5

 

15.5

 

Interest-earning assets

 

36.1

 

33.7

 

7.1

 

34.9

 

30.9

 

12.9

 

Retail deposits

 

18.1

 

17.4

 

4.0

 

17.8

 

16.9

 

5.3

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 Sep
05

 

31 Mar
05

 

30 Sep
04

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

4,645

 

4,549

 

4,596

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (NZ$m)

 

113

 

97

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances (NZ$bn)

 

32.5

 

30.3

 

27.9

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.35

%

0.32

%

0.33

%

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

34.1

%

27.1

%

24.6

%

 

 

 

 

Market share (%) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

16.2

 

16.2

 

15.9

 

 

 

 

 

Agribusiness

 

17.9

 

17.8

 

17.5

 

 

 

 

 

Cards

 

30.5

 

30.8

 

30.5

 

 

 

 

 

Retail deposits (personal & business)

 

19.1

 

18.7

 

18.3

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       Source: RBNZ

 

48



 

Financial performance (in local currency) – year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items increased 3.4% on the September 2004 year. This was a particularly pleasing result given that BNZ grew market share in key segments in what was an intense period of competition in the New Zealand banking environment. Another outstanding achievement given the competition was overall loan growth of 16%. Margins did however continue to decline in the sector as customers preferred to fix future interest rates given the two official cash rate rises in the current year and an expectation of more to come.

 

Underlying profit increased 3.1% on the September 2004 year as a result of the following factors:

 

                  Net interest income grew 4.7% (9.5% excluding the negative impact of an internal change in capital allocation) reflecting strong volume growth in housing, business lending and retail deposits offset by downward pressure on the net interest margin.

 

                  Lending volumes have experienced one of the strongest periods of growth led by housing at 18%. This reflects the continuing success of the home loan strategy led by its high profile “Unbeatable” campaigns. Business lending grew 15% and Retail Deposits grew 7% over the prior year.

 

                  The decline in the net interest margin by 18 basis points to 2.43% included an 11 basis point decline due to a change in capital allocation (offset in Group Funding with no impact on total Group margin). The remaining 7 basis point decline was due to heightened competition combined with a change in product mix as customers continued to move to lower margin fixed rate products in a low, but rising interest rate environment.

 

                  Other operating income declined 2.6% with the continued focus on making the customer proposition attractive in order to drive sustainable and longer-term relationships. The program of ensuring customer awareness of its best priced offerings saw customers continue to change their banking arrangements to more cost effective channels and products. A strong increase in volume related fees largely offset this decline.

 

                  Operating expenses increased 1.3% following the re-investment in the franchise for its people, processes and infrastructure. Higher personnel costs due to annual remuneration reviews, technology and compliance projects, and increased spend on brand and network. The long-term re-investment has seen BNZ receive numerous service awards for its Customer Contact Centres and gains in customer satisfaction in recent times.

 

Overall asset quality remains sound with the ratio of gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances up by 2bp to 0.35%. The increase in the charge for doubtful debts during the year relates to a single large exposure.

 

Financial performance (in local currency) – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items increased by 4.5% on the March 2005 half, reflecting solid volume growth and lower expenses offset by increased charges to provide for doubtful debts.

 

Underlying profit increased 8.8% on the March 2005 half as a result of a number of factors:

 

                  Net interest income grew by 1.9% reflecting double digit volume growth (annualised) in housing, business lending and retail deposits partly offset by a decline in margins as customers continued to lock in fixed rates. Housing volume growth continued the momentum generated by the “Unbeatable” campaigns while Business Lending volume growth increased as customers continued to invest in their businesses. Retail deposits volumes have benefited from targeted campaigns in the current half.

 

                  Net interest margin declined 13 basis points from 2.50% to 2.37% due to a lower benefit from deposit margins in the September half. Deposits margins benefited from the 50 basis point increase in the Official Cash Rate in the March 2005 half. Lending margins continue to be impacted by competitive pressures and change in product mix.

 

                  Other operating income has remained relatively flat, as growth in volume driven fees has been offset by simplified fees structures and a trend by customers to move to lower cost channels.

 

                  Operating expenses decreased 3.6% mainly as a result of continued focus on expenses and timing of personnel and project costs.

 

The ratio of gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances has increased 3 basis points to 0.35% since the March 2005 half year. Overall asset quality remains sound despite additional provision charges in the September 2005 half relating to a single exposure.

 

49



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Institutional Markets & Services

 

INSTITUTIONAL MARKETS & SERVICES

 

Institutional Markets & Services (IMS) comprises Markets, Corporate Loan Portfolio, Structured Products, Credit Products, Financial Institutions Group and a Support Services unit.

 

IMS is transitioning from a ‘relationship management’ business model aimed at the Corporate and Financial Institutions segments, to a ‘product specialist/product management’ business model aimed at providing products across the Group’s client base. With the exception of Financial Institutions, the client relationships served by IMS are maintained within the regional structures across the Group. IMS operates through an international network of offices in Australia, UK, New Zealand, the Americas and Asia.

 

As reported at March 2005 half year, a detailed review of the IMS operating model, regional footprint and strategic alignment has been undertaken during the year. During the September half, IMS has implemented a program to lift return on equity and grow cash earnings through:

 

                  Consolidation of the Asian footprint, including establishing a business hub in Hong Kong and the exit of IMS activities in Seoul, Singapore, Tokyo and Malaysia;

                  Exiting from non-core businesses in the Americas (Energy and Utilities, Real Estate, Public Finance and Structured Finance);

                  Reduction of low yielding Risk Weighted Assets, increased capital velocity and operating from a lower capital base going forward; and

                  Leveraging the NAB franchise to increase cross-sell of Markets products and increase Project Finance and Structured Products lines.

 

Business developments

 

                  IMS has made considerable progress in enhancing risk systems and procedures in accordance with the remedial actions specified by APRA and the ASIC enforceable undertakings. A key outcome was the re-opening in May 2005 of the foreign currency options trading desk. IMS progress to date includes:

 

                  Completion of IMS specific ASIC enforceable undertaking work;

                  Continued focus on proactive management of Regulatory Compliance issues, including APRA remediation; and

                  Transformation of compliance behaviour.

 

                  IMS has experienced some early successes as part of the transformation of the business, and has been recognised externally as follows:

 

                  Ranked No.1 as mandated arranger of Australasian Project Finance loans for the first half of 2005, as adjudged by Dealogic Project Finance Review (July 2005); and

                  Ranked No.1 in Australian Loan Syndications for the six months to 30 June 2005, as reported by Thomson Financial, Second Quarter 2005.

 

Commitment to the Community

 

IMS community investment programs include community partnerships, charitable giving and financial support. Staff are supported and encouraged to volunteer their skills and expertise in the community.

 

Some of the specific IMS initiatives are as follows:

 

                  In Australia, continued support of the Financial Markets Foundation for Children - an organisation dedicated to supporting medical research into children’s diseases;

 

                  In the UK, sponsorship of the Australia Film Festival in London, development of a bespoke program for the central London community involving children attending workshops on animated film and donation of computer hardware to local schools; and

 

                  In the US, involvement in the organising of the annual spring benefit for the Yorkville Common Pantry - an organisation that is the largest, non-sectarian, neighbourhood based provider of emergency food in New York City.

 

Restructuring Activity

 

During the year a restructuring charge of $121m pre-tax was incurred and recognised as a significant item. This related to a number of initiatives, including rebasing the Asia and Americas operations, improving operational efficiency, and the replacement of the Markets technology platform.

 

Restructuring activities have resulted in a gross reduction of 167 full time equivalent employees in the 2005 year. This has partially been offset by staff to support the increased investment in the risk control framework and new business growth.

 

50



 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Year to

 

 

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

Ex FX(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

543

 

618

 

(12.1

)

(11.2

)

Other operating income

 

919

 

866

 

6.1

 

6.6

 

Total income

 

1,462

 

1,484

 

(1.5

)

(0.8

)

Operating expenses

 

(735

)

(705

)

(4.3

)

(5.4

)

Underlying profit

 

727

 

779

 

(6.7

)

(6.4

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(24

)

(113

)

78.8

 

79.6

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

703

 

666

 

5.6

 

6.0

 

Income tax expense

 

(90

)

(99

)

9.1

 

9.1

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

613

 

567

 

8.1

 

8.6

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

(9

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest (2)

 

613

 

558

 

9.9

 

10.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Ex FX(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

262

 

281

 

(6.8

)

(5.7

)

Other operating income

 

433

 

486

 

(10.9

)

(10.5

)

Total income

 

695

 

767

 

(9.4

)

(8.7

)

Operating expenses

 

(369

)

(366

)

(0.8

)

(1.6

)

Underlying profit

 

326

 

401

 

(18.7

)

(18.2

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

24

 

(48

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

350

 

353

 

(0.8

)

 

Income tax expense

 

(45

)

(45

)

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

305

 

308

 

(1.0

)

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest (2)

 

305

 

308

 

(1.0

)

 

 


(1)

Change expressed at constant exchange rates.

(2)

Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Institutional Markets & Services’ result to Group net profit.

 

51



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average Risk Weighted
Assets (3) (annualised)

 

0.87

%

0.81

%

 

 

0.85

%

0.73

%

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.40

%

0.37

%

 

 

0.39

%

0.35

%

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

53.1

%

47.7

%

 

 

50.3

%

47.5

%

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) ($’000) (4)

 

301

 

298

 

 

 

300

 

280

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

0.41

%

0.40

%

 

 

0.41

%

0.47

%

 

 

Average balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core lending

 

37.6

 

40.6

 

(7.4

)

38.9

 

38.4

 

1.3

 

Gross loans and acceptances (5)

 

41.6

 

45.4

 

(8.4

)

43.6

 

43.9

 

(0.7

)

Interest-earning assets – external

 

94.6

 

101.4

 

(6.7

)

98.0

 

96.8

 

1.2

 

Interest-earning assets – internal (6)

 

33.6

 

38.4

 

(12.5

)

35.8

 

33.1

 

8.2

 

Interest-earning assets – total

 

128.2

 

139.8

 

(8.3

)

133.8

 

129.9

 

3.0

 

 


(3)

Risk Weighted Assets calculated on internal model rather than standard model to enable a more representative comparison between periods.

(4)

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest.

(5)

Gross loans and acceptances equate to core lending, non-accrual loans and bill acceptances.

(6)

Internal interest-earning assets include funding of the Group’s operations.

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /

 

Fav /

 

 

 

 

 

(Unfav)

 

(Unfav)

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Spot Balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets – external

 

78.0

 

84.9

 

100.9

 

(8.1

)

(22.7

)

Interest-earning assets – internal (5)

 

32.3

 

35.4

 

35.5

 

(8.8

)

(9.0

)

Interest-earning assets – total

 

110.3

 

120.3

 

136.4

 

(8.3

)

(19.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

1,993

 

2,066

 

2,073

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans ($m)

 

435

 

501

 

423

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances ($bn)

 

38.9

 

43.4

 

45.0

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

1.12

%

1.15

%

0.94

%

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

29.5

%

31.7

%

29.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interests of $613m increased by 9.9% on the prior year. The financial performance for the 2004 year was dominated by the impact of the currency options incident, a reduced risk profile, and the diversion of senior staff to addressing remediation actions. During 2005 whilst considerable effort has been applied to remedial actions and an improved control framework, management focus has returned to building a portfolio of businesses which will deliver sustainable client income streams and improved return on equity.

 

As part of this program, IMS has undergone significant rebasing of its businesses in Asia and the Americas and is transforming to a lower capital base business by reducing capital in low yielding risk weighted assets, increasing capital velocity and the number of product lines to improve the level of cross sales into the NAB

 

52



 

franchise. In addition, earnings were impacted by $14m due to the sale of the Irish banks in March 2005.  The movement in exchange rates has not significantly impacted the IMS business in the current reporting period.

 

Underlying profit decreased 6.7% on the September 2004 year as a result of the following factors:

 

                  Total income was in line with the prior year (1.5% lower), with net interest income down by 12.1% and other operating income higher by 6.1%. The key movements were due to:

 

                  Markets net interest income globally was negatively impacted by rising US interest rates during 2005. Partially offsetting this was an increase in net interest income in Credit Products as the September 2004 year included a reversal of capitalised interest of $38m on a large project finance exposure which was classified as a non-accrual loan.

 

                  Other operating income was higher largely due to an improved performance from Markets in Australia arising from a strong client appetite for Interest Rate products and new business initiatives in Credit Products. Partially offsetting this performance was reduced Structured Products income due to legislative changes in Europe and lower fee income from the Corporate Loan Portfolio following the strategy to exit low yielding assets.

 

                  Expenses increased 4.3% due to increased staffing costs reflecting the full year impact of the investment in creating an enhanced control environment in 2004 and EBA salary increases in 2005. However on a spot basis, the number of full-time equivalent employees has reduced by 3.9% reflecting the transformation initiatives which have been undertaken in IMS including the rebasing of the Asian and US operations.

 

                  Average external interest-earning assets have increased by $1.2 billion (1.2%) on the September 2004 full year average mainly as a result of an increase in average Markets assets and an increase in average core lending assets with customers switching from bill acceptances. Total average gross loans and acceptances reduced marginally (0.7% lower) for the year. However, on a spot basis, external interest-earning assets are down by $22.9 billion (22.7%), following the strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets to improve returns in the IMS business, and as a result of legislative changes in Europe reducing the level of Structured Finance assets.

 

                  Return on average Risk Weighted Assets has improved 12 basis points to 0.85%. The increase is due to the combination of higher earnings and a reduction in capital deployed in the business of $565m (14.5%) (based off the mid point of the ACE target range) arising from strategy to exit low yielding risk weighted assets.

 

                  The underlying net interest margin on lending products for IMS has remained stable for the year. The reported net interest margin incorporates interest and assets associated with the Group’s funding activities and this has reduced by 6 basis points to 0.41% for the year to September 2005.  This is primarily due to lower net interest income generated by the Markets area that was impacted by rising US interest rates.

 

The lower charge to provide for bad and doubtful debts (78.8% lower) reflects a high level of specific provisions taken on historical exposures in 2004, with current year statistical provision write-backs mainly due to the strategy to reduce low yielding assets to improve return on equity. Improvements in the credit quality of IMS assets have also contributed.

 

Asset quality remains strong, with the level of exposures rated as investment grade or above improving from 92.7% at 30 September 2004 to 94.1% at 30 September 2005. This result is in line with the reduced charge for doubtful debts in 2005. The level of gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances has deteriorated from 0.94% at 30 September 2004 to 1.12%, mainly due to the reduction in gross loans and acceptances (13.6% lower) following the strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets.  The specific provision coverage to gross impaired assets has marginally improved 0.5 percentage points to 29.5%.

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interests of $305 million decreased by 1.0% on the March 2005 half. However, after excluding the earnings from the Irish banks that were sold in the March 2005 half year, cash earnings increased by 0.7% on the prior half year. The result was driven by the following factors:

 

Underlying profit decreased 18.7% on the March 2005 half as a result of the following factors:

 

                  Total income was 9.4% lower than the prior half year, with net interest income down by 6.8% and other operating income lower by 10.9%. This was largely due to the impact in the September 2005 half of strategies employed to improve return on equity across all IMS product portfolios, including rebasing of the Asia and US operations, sale of the Irish banks, legislative changes in Europe reducing Structured Finance activity, and lower Markets income which was impacted by rising US interest rates.

 

                  Expenses increased by 0.8% primarily due to higher deal related costs and expenses related to governance projects.

 

53



 

                  Return on average Risk Weighted Assets improved 6 basis points to 0.87% due to the ongoing focus of releasing low yielding risk weighted assets resulting in a reduction of capital deployed in IMS of $320m (8.7%) (based off the mid point of the ACE target range).

 

                  Average external interest-earning assets reduced by $6.8 billion (6.7%) mainly driven by the strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets to improve returns in the IMS business, and as a result of legislative changes in Europe reducing the level of Structured Finance assets. This also explains the reduction in Gross loans and acceptances of $3.8 billion (8.4%) and a similar reduction on a spot basis.

 

The lower charge to provide for bad and doubtful debts in the September half (150.0% lower), reflects favourable re-ratings to prior period specific charges for exposures in Australia, Europe and Americas. Reduced statistical provision charges due to the exiting of low yielding assets arising from the strategy to improve return on equity also contributed.

 

Asset quality remains strong, however the level of exposures rated as investment grade has marginally reduced from 94.8% at March 2005 to 94.1% at September 2005 due to the strategic decision to exit low yielding assets which are typically investment grade. The level of non-accrual loans has reduced by $66 million (13.2% lower) with the sale of certain US energy and utilities exposures. This was also the main driver of the reduction of 2.2 percentage points (to 29.5%) in the coverage ratio of specific provisions to gross impaired assets.

 

54



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

OTHER (GROUP FUNDING & CORPORATE CENTRE)

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

Year to

 

Fav /
(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Funding

 

33

 

(56

)

89

 

(23

)

(65

)

42

 

Corporate Centre

 

(64

)

(144

)

80

 

(208

)

(76

)

(132

)

Other (1)

 

(31

)

(200

)

169

 

(231

)

(141

)

(90

)

 


(1)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Other (including Group Funding & Corporate Centre) to Group net profit.

 

Group Funding

 

Group Funding acts as the central vehicle for movements of capital and structural funding to support the Group’s operations. This minimises the earnings distortion to the operating divisions and enhances the comparability of divisional performance over time.

 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

Group Funding’s deficit reduced in the September 2005 year by $42 million primarily due to:

 

                  Increase in interest income received from other Group companies in respect of funding;

 

                  Increased interest income earned on surplus group funds;

 

                  Increased income resulting from management and administration fees following the securitisation of mortgage assets earlier this year; partly offset by

 

                  A higher capital benefit paid to operating divisions as a result of higher economic capital being attributed to those divisions resulting from a change in capital allocation (offset in the operating divisions – no impact on Group results).

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Group Funding made a $33 million contribution in the September 2005 half compared with a $56 million deficit in the March 2005 half. The increase of $89 million is primarily due to:

 

                  Increase in interest income received from other Group companies in respect of funding;

 

                  Interest income earned on surplus group funds; and

 

                  Income resulting from funding activities undertaken during the September 2005 half.

 

55



 

Corporate Centre

 

Corporate Centre comprises the following non-operating units - Finance and Risk Management (including Nautilus Insurance), People & Culture and Group Development (which incorporates previous functions such as Technology, Office of the CEO, Corporate Affairs and Business Development).

 

Financial performance – year to 30 September 2005

 

Corporate Centre’s deficit for the September 2005 year is $208 million compared with a $76 million deficit reported in the September 2004 year. The $132 million increase is primarily due to:

 

                  costs of $49 million associated with a Northern Bank robbery in December 2004 (note an additional $7 million has been recognised in the Total UK Regional results);

 

                  costs associated with the outcome of a legal action in South Korea awarded against the National of $49 million;

 

                  self-insurance costs payable to NAFIM $19 million (after tax); and

 

                  increased costs, primarily in Finance and Risk Management, around Basel, SOX and IFRS, and the creation of new functions and activities to address regulatory and structural changes.

 

Financial performance – half year to 30 September 2005

 

Corporate Centre’s deficit for the half year of $64 million compares with the $144 million deficit reported for the March 2005 half year. The decrease of $80 million is primarily due to:

 

                  the non occurrence of the costs incurred in the March 2005 half in Nautilus Insurance in respect of the Northern Bank robbery and the South Korea legal action, as described above;

 

                  the non occurrence of the costs incurred in the March 2005 half for self-insurance costs payable to NAFIM on insurance recoveries of $19 million (after-tax), as described above; partly offset by

 

                  a larger proportion of the yearly short term incentive accrual recorded in the September 2005 half year than was recorded in the March 2005 half.

 

56



 

SECTION 6

 

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

DETAILED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following section does not purport to be a set of financial statements. For

the Group’s financial statements refer to the Appendix 4E filed with the ASX.

 

1a.

Performance Summary by Division

58

1b.

Performance Summary for Total Banking

62

1c.

Performance Summary for Total Banking excluding Irish Banks

63

2.

Irish Banks

64

3.

Net Interest Income

67

4.

Net Interest Margins & Spreads

68

5.

Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

70

6.

Gross Loans & Advances

75

7.

Deposits & Other Borrowings

78

8.

Net Life Insurance Income

80

9.

Revenue

81

10.

Expenses

83

11.

Full Time Equivalent Employees

85

12.

Doubtful Debts

86

13.

Asset Quality

87

14.

Income Tax Reconciliation

89

15.

Significant Items

91

16.

Exchange Rates

92

17.

Capital Adequacy

94

18.

Reconciliation of Number of Shares

97

19.

Cash Earnings per Share

98

20.

Geographic Performance Summary

99

21.

Risk Management

100

22.

Transition to Australian Equivalents of International Financial Reporting Standards

102

 

57



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 1a: Performance Summary by Division

 

1a. PERFORMANCE SUMMARY BY DIVISION

 

Year to

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

Total

 

Elimina-

 

Total

 

30 September 2005

 

Note

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

IMS

 

Other(1)

 

Banking

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

WM

 

tions(2)

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

3,883

 

1,827

 

779

 

543

 

44

 

7,076

 

(7

)

10

 

3

 

6

 

 

7,082

 

Net life insurance income ex
IORE (3)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,517

 

 

9

 

1,526

 

 

1,526

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

 

4

 

146

 

 

146

 

Other operating income (4)

 

9

 

2,235

 

891

 

355

 

919

 

(57

)

4,343

 

635

 

242

 

21

 

898

 

(139

)

5,102

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

6,118

 

2,718

 

1,134

 

1,462

 

(13

)

11,419

 

2,287

 

252

 

37

 

2,576

 

(139

)

13,856

 

Operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(3,209

)

(1,788

)

(621

)

(735

)

(238

)

(6,591

)

(633

)

(193

)

(26

)

(852

)

139

 

(7,304

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

2,909

 

930

 

513

 

727

 

(251

)

4,828

 

1,654

 

59

 

11

 

1,724

 

 

6,552

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(257

)

(216

)

(37

)

(24

)

 

(534

)

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

2,652

 

714

 

476

 

703

 

(251

)

4,294

 

1,654

 

59

 

11

 

1,724

 

 

6,018

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(641

)

 

1

 

(640

)

 

(640

)

Other

 

14

 

(791

)

(233

)

(157

)

(90

)

20

 

(1,251

)

11

 

(14

)

 

(3

)

 

(1,254

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

1,861

 

481

 

319

 

613

 

(231

)

3,043

 

1,024

 

45

 

12

 

1,081

 

 

4,124

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

345

 

 

345

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

 

(60

)

(7

)

 

(31

)

(98

)

 

 

 

 

 

(98

)

Net profit/(loss) before significant items

 

 

 

1,861

 

421

 

312

 

613

 

(262

)

2,945

 

1,369

 

45

 

12

 

1,426

 

 

4,371

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(246

)

863

 

(10

)

(76

)

(103

)

428

 

(38

)

(19

)

 

(57

)

 

371

 

Net profit/(loss)

 

 

 

1,615

 

1,284

 

302

 

537

 

(365

)

3,373

 

1,331

 

26

 

12

 

1,369

 

 

4,742

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(610

)

 

 

(610

)

 

(610

)

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

1,615

 

1,284

 

302

 

537

 

(365

)

3,373

 

721

 

26

 

12

 

759

 

 

4,132

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(204

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,928

 

 


(1)       Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Banking.

(2)       Elimination of inter-divisional income and expenses (eg. revenue sharing arrangements between divisions).

(3)       Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses).

(4)       Other operating income excludes the net interest income, net life insurance income, investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses and revaluation profit/(loss).

(5)       Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management only).

 

58



 

Year to

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

Total

 

Elimina-

 

Total

 

30 September 2004

 

Note

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

IMS

 

Other(1)

 

Banking

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

WM

 

tions(2)

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

3,701

 

2,150

 

719

 

618

 

(4

)

7,184

 

(2

)

8

 

1

 

7

 

 

7,191

 

Net life insurance income ex
IORE (3)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

913

 

1

 

5

 

919

 

 

919

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

1

 

2

 

93

 

 

93

 

Other operating income (4)

 

9

 

2,122

 

887

 

354

 

866

 

(64

)

4,165

 

528

 

255

 

24

 

807

 

(141

)

4,831

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

5,823

 

3,037

 

1,073

 

1,484

 

(68

)

11,349

 

1,529

 

265

 

32

 

1,826

 

(141

)

13,034

 

Operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(2,771

)

(1,958

)

(595

)

(705

)

(90

)

(6,119

)

(564

)

(249

)

(21

)

(834

)

141

 

(6,812

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

3,052

 

1,079

 

478

 

779

 

(158

)

5,230

 

965

 

16

 

11

 

992

 

 

6,222

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(201

)

(224

)

(21

)

(113

)

 

(559

)

 

 

 

 

 

(559

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

2,851

 

855

 

457

 

666

 

(158

)

4,671

 

965

 

16

 

11

 

992

 

 

5,663

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(303

)

 

2

 

(301

)

 

(301

)

Other

 

14

 

(858

)

(261

)

(161

)

(99

)

17

 

(1,362

)

23

 

1

 

(2

)

22

 

 

(1,340

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

1,993

 

594

 

296

 

567

 

(141

)

3,309

 

685

 

17

 

11

 

713

 

 

4,022

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

16

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

 

(62

)

(10

)

 

(31

)

(103

)

 

 

 

 

 

(103

)

Net profit/(loss) before significant items

 

 

 

1,993

 

532

 

286

 

567

 

(172

)

3,206

 

701

 

17

 

11

 

729

 

 

3,935

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(123

)

(85

)

(46

)

(292

)

217

 

(329

)

(12

)

(43

)

 

(55

)

 

(384

)

Net profit/(loss)

 

 

 

1,870

 

447

 

240

 

275

 

45

 

2,877

 

689

 

(26

)

11

 

674

 

 

3,551

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

(9

)

(365

)

 

 

(365

)

 

(374

)

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

1,870

 

447

 

240

 

266

 

45

 

2,868

 

324

 

(26

)

11

 

309

 

 

3,177

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(187

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,990

 

 


(1)       Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Banking.

(2)       Elimination of inter-divisional income and expenses (eg. revenue sharing arrangements between divisions).

(3)       Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses).

(4)       Other operating income excludes the net interest income, net life insurance income, investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses and revaluation profit/(loss).

(5)       Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management only).

 

59



 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

Total

 

Elimina-

 

Total

 

30 September 2005

 

Note

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

IMS

 

Other(1)

 

Banking

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

WM

 

tions(2)

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

1,995

 

830

 

392

 

262

 

48

 

3,527

 

(5

)

5

 

2

 

2

 

 

3,529

 

Net life insurance income ex
IORE (3)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,031

 

 

 

1,031

 

 

1,031

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

3

 

83

 

 

83

 

Other operating income (4)

 

9

 

1,154

 

462

 

177

 

433

 

7

 

2,233

 

323

 

104

 

10

 

437

 

(58

)

2,612

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

3,149

 

1,292

 

569

 

695

 

55

 

5,760

 

1,429

 

109

 

15

 

1,553

 

(58

)

7,255

 

Operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(1,730

)

(836

)

(306

)

(369

)

(104

)

(3,345

)

(340

)

(94

)

(7

)

(441

)

58

 

(3,728

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,419

 

456

 

263

 

326

 

(49

)

2,415

 

1,089

 

15

 

8

 

1,112

 

 

3,527

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(127

)

(125

)

(25

)

24

 

 

(253

)

 

 

 

 

 

(253

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,292

 

331

 

238

 

350

 

(49

)

2,162

 

1,089

 

15

 

8

 

1,112

 

 

3,274

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(449

)

 

1

 

(448

)

 

(448

)

Other

 

14

 

(382

)

(116

)

(78

)

(45

)

18

 

(603

)

36

 

(1

)

(1

)

34

 

 

(569

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

910

 

215

 

160

 

305

 

(31

)

1,559

 

676

 

14

 

8

 

698

 

 

2,257

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

294

 

 

294

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

 

(29

)

(3

)

 

(16

)

(48

)

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

Net profit/(loss) before significant items

 

 

 

910

 

186

 

157

 

305

 

(47

)

1,511

 

970

 

14

 

8

 

992

 

 

2,503

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(180

)

(39

)

(9

)

(93

)

(97

)

(418

)

(22

)

(10

)

 

(32

)

 

(450

)

Net profit/(loss)

 

 

 

730

 

147

 

148

 

212

 

(144

)

1,093

 

948

 

4

 

8

 

960

 

 

2,053

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(456

)

 

 

(456

)

 

(456

)

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

730

 

147

 

148

 

212

 

(144

)

1,093

 

492

 

4

 

8

 

504

 

 

1,597

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(109

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,488

 

 


(1)       Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Banking.

(2)       Elimination of inter-divisional income and expenses (eg. revenue sharing arrangements between divisions).

(3)       Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses).

(4)       Other operating income excludes the net interest income, net life insurance income, investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses and revaluation profit/(loss).

(5)       Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management only).

 

60



 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

Total

 

Elimina-

 

Total

 

31 March 2005

 

Note

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

IMS

 

Other(1)

 

Banking

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

WM

 

tions(2)

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

1,888

 

997

 

387

 

281

 

(4

)

3,549

 

(2

)

5

 

1

 

4

 

 

3,553

 

Net life insurance income ex
IORE (3)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

486

 

 

9

 

495

 

 

495

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

1

 

63

 

 

63

 

Other operating income (4)

 

9

 

1,081

 

429

 

178

 

486

 

(64

)

2,110

 

312

 

138

 

11

 

461

 

(81

)

2,490

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

2,969

 

1,426

 

565

 

767

 

(68

)

5,659

 

858

 

143

 

22

 

1,023

 

(81

)

6,601

 

Operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(1,479

)

(952

)

(315

)

(366

)

(134

)

(3,246

)

(293

)

(99

)

(19

)

(411

)

81

 

(3,576

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,490

 

474

 

250

 

401

 

(202

)

2,413

 

565

 

44

 

3

 

612

 

 

3,025

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(130

)

(91

)

(12

)

(48

)

 

(281

)

 

 

 

 

 

(281

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,360

 

383

 

238

 

353

 

(202

)

2,132

 

565

 

44

 

3

 

612

 

 

2,744

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(192

)

 

 

(192

)

 

(192

)

Other

 

14

 

(409

)

(117

)

(79

)

(45

)

2

 

(648

)

(25

)

(13

)

1

 

(37

)

 

(685

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

951

 

266

 

159

 

308

 

(200

)

1,484

 

348

 

31

 

4

 

383

 

 

1,867

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

51

 

 

51

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

 

(31

)

(4

)

 

(15

)

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

Net profit/(loss) before significant items

 

 

 

951

 

235

 

155

 

308

 

(215

)

1,434

 

399

 

31

 

4

 

434

 

 

1,868

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(66

)

902

 

(1

)

17

 

(6

)

846

 

(16

)

(9

)

 

(25

)

 

821

 

Net profit/(loss)

 

 

 

885

 

1,137

 

154

 

325

 

(221

)

2,280

 

383

 

22

 

4

 

409

 

 

2,689

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(154

)

 

 

(154

)

 

(154

)

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

885

 

1,137

 

154

 

325

 

(221

)

2,280

 

229

 

22

 

4

 

255

 

 

2,535

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,440

 

 


(1)       Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Banking.

(2)       Elimination of inter-divisional income and expenses (eg. revenue sharing arrangements between divisions).

(3)       Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses).

(4)       Other operating income excludes the net interest income, net life insurance income, investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses and revaluation profit/(loss).

(5)       Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management only).

 

61



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 1b: Performance Summary for Total Banking

 

1b. PERFORMANCE SUMMARY FOR TOTAL BANKING

 

Total Banking includes the Banking operations within Total Australia, Total UK and Total New Zealand, as well as Institutional Markets & Services, and Other (including Group Funding and Corporate Centre). It excludes the Wealth Management operations within Total Australia, Total UK and Total New Zealand.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Year to

 

Change on Sep 04

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

Ex FX (1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Comparison to September 2004 full year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

7,076

 

7,184

 

(1.5

)

(1.4

)

Other operating income (2)

 

4,343

 

4,165

 

4.3

 

4.7

 

Total income

 

11,419

 

11,349

 

0.6

 

0.8

 

Other operating expenses (2)

 

(6,591

)

(6,119

)

(7.7

)

(8.1

)

Underlying profit

 

4,828

 

5,230

 

(7.7

)

(7.7

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(534

)

(559

)

4.5

 

3.4

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

4,294

 

4,671

 

(8.1

)

(8.2

)

Income tax expense

 

(1,251

)

(1,362

)

8.1

 

8.2

 

Cash earnings before significant items and outside equity interest

 

3,043

 

3,309

 

(8.0

)

(8.2

)

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

(9

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items (3)

 

3,043

 

3,300

 

(7.8

)

(7.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on Mar 05

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

Ex FX (1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Comparison to March 2005 half year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3,527

 

3,549

 

(0.6

)

 

Other operating income (2)

 

2,233

 

2,110

 

5.8

 

6.5

 

Total income

 

5,760

 

5,659

 

1.8

 

2.4

 

Other operating expenses (2)

 

(3,345

)

(3,246

)

(3.0

)

(3.9

)

Underlying profit

 

2,415

 

2,413

 

0.1

 

0.5

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(253

)

(281

)

10.0

 

8.9

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

2,162

 

2,132

 

1.4

 

1.7

 

Income tax expense

 

(603

)

(648

)

6.9

 

6.5

 

Cash earnings before significant items and outside equity interest

 

1,559

 

1,484

 

5.1

 

5.3

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items (3)

 

1,559

 

1,484

 

5.1

 

5.3

 

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

58.1

%

57.4

%

57.7

%

53.9

%

 


(1)       Change expressed at constant exchange rates.

(2)       Total Banking is before inter-divisional eliminations.

(3)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Total Banking to Group net profit and a reconciliation of Total Banking to the Divisional Performance Summary.

 

62



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 1c: Performance Summary for Total Banking excluding Irish Banks

 

1c. PERFORMANCE SUMMARY FOR TOTAL BANKING EXCLUDING IRISH BANKS

 

 

 

Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Change on Sep 04

 

 

 

Total
Banking

 

Total
Irish
Banks (3)

 

Total
Banking ex
Irish Banks

 

Total
Banking

 

Total
Irish
Banks (3)

 

Total
Banking ex
Irish Banks

 

Total
Banking

 

Total
Banking ex
Irish Banks

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Comparison to September 2004 full year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

7,076

 

(197

)

6,879

 

7,184

 

(505

)

6,679

 

(1.5

)

3.0

 

Other operating income (1)

 

4,343

 

(80

)

4,263

 

4,165

 

(192

)

3,973

 

4.3

 

7.3

 

Total income

 

11,419

 

(277

)

11,142

 

11,349

 

(697

)

10,652

 

0.6

 

4.6

 

Other operating expenses (1)

 

(6,591

)

200

 

(6,391

)

(6,119

)

494

 

(5,625

)

(7.7

)

(13.6

)

Underlying profit

 

4,828

 

(77

)

4,751

 

5,230

 

(203

)

5,027

 

(7.7

)

(5.5

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(534

)

6

 

(528

)

(559

)

17

 

(542

)

4.5

 

2.6

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

4,294

 

(71

)

4,223

 

4,671

 

(186

)

4,485

 

(8.1

)

(5.8

)

Income tax expense

 

(1,251

)

22

 

(1,229

)

(1,362

)

57

 

(1,305

)

8.1

 

5.8

 

Cash earnings before significant items and outside equity interest

 

3,043

 

(49

)

2,994

 

3,309

 

(129

)

3,180

 

(8.0

)

(5.8

)

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

(9

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items (2)

 

3,043

 

(49

)

2,994

 

3,300

 

(129

)

3,171

 

(7.8

)

(5.6

)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Change on Mar 05

 

 

 

Total
Banking

 

Total
Irish
Banks (3)

 

Total
Banking ex
Irish Banks

 

Total
Banking

 

Total
Irish
Banks (3)

 

Total
Banking ex
Irish Banks

 

Total
Banking

 

Total Banking ex
Irish Banks

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Comparison to March 2005 half year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3,527

 

 

3,527

 

3,549

 

(197

)

3,352

 

(0.6

)

5.2

 

Other operating income (1)

 

2,233

 

 

2,233

 

2,110

 

(80

)

2,030

 

5.8

 

10.0

 

Total income

 

5,760

 

 

5,760

 

5,659

 

(277

)

5,382

 

1.8

 

7.0

 

Other operating expenses (1)

 

(3,345

)

 

(3,345

)

(3,246

)

200

 

(3,046

)

(3.0

)

(9.8

)

Underlying profit

 

2,415

 

 

2,415

 

2,413

 

(77

)

2,336

 

0.1

 

3.4

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(253

)

 

(253

)

(281

)

6

 

(275

)

10.0

 

8.0

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

2,162

 

 

2,162

 

2,132

 

(71

)

2,061

 

1.4

 

4.9

 

Income tax expense

 

(603

)

 

(603

)

(648

)

22

 

(626

)

6.9

 

3.7

 

Cash earnings before significant items and outside equity interest

 

1,559

 

 

1,559

 

1,484

 

(49

)

1,435

 

5.1

 

8.6

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items (2)

 

1,559

 

 

1,559

 

1,484

 

(49

)

1,435

 

5.1

 

8.6

 

 


(1)       Total Banking is before inter-divisional eliminations.

(2)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Total Banking to Group net profit and a reconciliation of Total Banking to the Divisional Performance Summary.

(3)       Refer to Note 2a for a reconciliation to the divisional breakdown of Irish Banks.

 

63



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 2a: Irish Banks - Divisional Breakdown of Irish Banks

 

2a. IRISH BANKS - DIVISIONAL BREAKDOWN OF IRISH BANKS

 

 

 

Five Months to Feb 05

 

Half Year to Sep 04

 

Half year to Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
Irish

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
Irish

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
Irish

 

 

 

UK (1)

 

IMS

 

Other

 

Banks

 

UK (1)

 

IMS

 

Other

 

Banks

 

UK (1)

 

IMS

 

Other

 

Banks

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

185

 

4

 

8

 

197

 

253

 

4

 

9

 

266

 

225

 

6

 

8

 

239

 

Other operating income

 

72

 

8

 

 

80

 

88

 

10

 

 

98

 

83

 

11

 

 

94

 

Banking net operating income

 

257

 

12

 

8

 

277

 

341

 

14

 

9

 

364

 

308

 

17

 

8

 

333

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Other operating income

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Net operating income

 

259

 

12

 

8

 

279

 

347

 

14

 

9

 

370

 

314

 

17

 

8

 

339

 

Banking operating expenses

 

(195

)

(5

)

 

(200

)

(255

)

(6

)

 

(261

)

(228

)

(5

)

 

(233

)

Wealth Management operating expenses

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

(7

)

 

 

(7

)

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

(9

)

 

 

(9

)

(15

)

7

 

 

(8

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

55

 

7

 

8

 

70

 

76

 

8

 

9

 

93

 

65

 

19

 

8

 

92

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

(18

)

(2

)

(2

)

(22

)

(21

)

(3

)

(2

)

(26

)

(24

)

(5

)

(2

)

(31

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

WM revaluation profit/(loss) after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill amortisation (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit before significant items

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

Significant items after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

 


(1)       Refers to the Total UK operating division, including UK Banking and Wealth Management UK.

(2)       Goodwill amortisation of $2 million (September 2004 half: $2 million and March 2004 half: $2 million) is included in the Group results.

 

64



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 2b: Summary of Assets and Liabilities ex Irish Banks

 

2b. SUMMARY OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES EXCLUDING THE IRISH BANKS

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Irish

 

Group

 

Group

 

 

 

Group Reported

 

Banks(1)

 

Proforma

 

Proforma

 

 

 

Note

 

30 Sep 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

 

 

8,430

 

8,080

 

1,104

 

6,976

 

20.8

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

15,477

 

23,494

 

1,159

 

22,335

 

(30.7

)

Due from customers on acceptances

 

 

 

27,627

 

16,344

 

1

 

16,343

 

69.0

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

15,957

 

24,248

 

 

24,248

 

(34.2

)

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

13,959

 

17,939

 

 

17,939

 

(22.2

)

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

3,857

 

4,610

 

1

 

4,609

 

(16.3

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

7,466

 

11,513

 

514

 

10,999

 

(32.1

)

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

 

 

50,500

 

41,013

 

 

41,013

 

23.1

 

Loans and advances

 

(i)

 

260,053

 

247,836

 

13,082

 

234,754

 

10.8

 

Shares in entities and other securities

 

 

 

75

 

158

 

 

158

 

(52.5

)

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

118

 

177

 

36

 

141

 

(16.3

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

1,974

 

2,257

 

219

 

2,038

 

(3.1

)

Income tax assets

 

 

 

1,530

 

1,367

 

26

 

1,341

 

14.1

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

522

 

632

 

13

 

619

 

(15.7

)

Other assets

 

 

 

12,043

 

11,641

 

219

 

11,422

 

5.4

 

Total assets

 

 

 

419,588

 

411,309

 

16,374

 

394,935

 

6.2

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

36,322

 

43,768

 

1,774

 

41,994

 

(13.5

)

Liability on acceptances

 

 

 

27,627

 

16,344

 

1

 

16,343

 

69.0

 

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

12,407

 

16,150

 

9

 

16,141

 

(23.1

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

(ii)

 

209,079

 

219,028

 

12,184

 

206,844

 

1.1

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

42,123

 

36,134

 

 

36,134

 

16.6

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

1,381

 

1,178

 

24

 

1,154

 

19.7

 

Provisions

 

 

 

1,823

 

1,129

 

77

 

1,052

 

73.3

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

 

 

39,238

 

32,573

 

 

32,573

 

20.5

 

Other debt issues

 

 

 

1,559

 

1,612

 

 

1,612

 

(3.3

)

Other liabilities

 

 

 

13,749

 

13,627

 

1,203

 

12,424

 

10.7

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

385,308

 

381,543

 

15,272

 

366,271

 

5.2

 

Net assets

 

 

 

34,280

 

29,766

 

1,102

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Represents the consolidated net assets of Northern Bank Limited and National Irish Bank Limited (the Irish Banks), plus goodwill attributed to the consolidation of those entities at 30 September 2004.

 

65



 

Detailed Financial Information - 2b: Summary of Assets and Liabilities ex Irish Banks

 

(i) Loans and advances

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Irish

 

Group

 

Group

 

 

 

Group Reported

 

Banks

 

Proforma

 

Proforma

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Housing

 

139,481

 

125,773

 

4,860

 

120,913

 

15.4

 

Term lending

 

84,744

 

84,236

 

5,417

 

78,819

 

7.5

 

Overdrafts

 

12,302

 

12,967

 

2,131

 

10,836

 

13.5

 

Leasing

 

15,926

 

16,027

 

539

 

15,488

 

2.8

 

Credit cards

 

6,769

 

6,876

 

255

 

6,621

 

2.2

 

Other

 

5,382

 

6,499

 

1

 

6,498

 

(17.2

)

Total gross loans and advances

 

264,604

 

252,378

 

13,203

 

239,175

 

10.6

 

Less:  Unearned income

 

(2,133

)

(2,024

)

(9

)

(2,015

)

5.9

 

Provisions for doubtful debts

 

(2,418

)

(2,518

)

(112

)

(2,406

)

0.5

 

Total net loans and advances

 

260,053

 

247,836

 

13,082

 

234,754

 

10.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

10,981

 

13,516

 

2,700

 

10,816

 

1.5

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

84,702

 

83,114

 

5,713

 

77,401

 

9.4

 

Certificates of deposit

 

26,769

 

34,130

 

 

34,130

 

(21.6

)

Term deposits

 

63,575

 

66,212

 

3,769

 

62,443

 

1.8

 

Total deposits

 

186,027

 

196,972

 

12,182

 

184,790

 

0.7

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

5,108

 

2,809

 

 

2,809

 

81.8

 

Borrowings

 

17,944

 

19,247

 

2

 

19,245

 

(6.8

)

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

209,079

 

219,028

 

12,184

 

206,844

 

1.1

 

 

66



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 3: Net Interest Income

 

3. NET INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to customers

 

 

 

9,122

 

8,704

 

4.8

 

17,826

 

15,879

 

12.3

 

Other

 

 

 

1,629

 

1,417

 

15.0

 

3,046

 

2,771

 

9.9

 

Total interest income

 

9

 

10,751

 

10,121

 

6.2

 

20,872

 

18,650

 

11.9

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

(5,369

)

(5,032

)

(6.7

)

(10,401

)

(8,672

)

(19.9

)

Other

 

 

 

(1,853

)

(1,536

)

(20.6

)

(3,389

)

(2,787

)

(21.6

)

Total interest expense

 

10

 

(7,222

)

(6,568

)

(10.0

)

(13,790

)

(11,459

)

(20.3

)

Net interest income

 

 

 

3,529

 

3,553

 

(0.7

)

7,082

 

7,191

 

(1.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

 

 

1,995

 

1,888

 

5.7

 

3,883

 

3,701

 

4.9

 

UK Banking

 

 

 

830

 

997

 

(16.8

)

1,827

 

2,150

 

(15.0

)

New Zealand Banking

 

 

 

392

 

387

 

1.3

 

779

 

719

 

8.3

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

262

 

281

 

(6.8

)

543

 

618

 

(12.1

)

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

 

 

48

 

(4

)

large

 

44

 

(4

)

large

 

Total Banking

 

 

 

3,527

 

3,549

 

(0.6

)

7,076

 

7,184

 

(1.5

)

Wealth Management

 

 

 

2

 

4

 

(50.0

)

6

 

7

 

(14.3

)

Net interest income

 

 

 

3,529

 

3,553

 

(0.7

)

7,082

 

7,191

 

(1.5

)

 

67



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 4: Net Interest Margins & Spreads

 

4. NET INTEREST MARGINS & SPREADS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

basis pts

 

%

 

%

 

basis pts

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.71

 

1.75

 

(0.04

)

1.73

 

1.96

 

(0.23

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.02

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.69

 

1.74

 

(0.05

)

1.71

 

1.94

 

(0.23

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.51

 

0.45

 

0.06

 

0.49

 

0.41

 

0.08

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

2.20

 

2.19

 

0.01

 

2.20

 

2.35

 

(0.15

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.76

 

1.74

 

0.02

 

1.75

 

1.89

 

(0.14

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

 

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.74

 

1.72

 

0.02

 

1.73

 

1.87

 

(0.14

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.41

 

0.39

 

0.02

 

0.40

 

0.34

 

0.06

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

2.15

 

2.11

 

0.04

 

2.13

 

2.21

 

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.77

 

1.85

 

(0.08

)

1.82

 

1.97

 

(0.15

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

 

(0.01

)

0.01

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.77

 

1.84

 

(0.07

)

1.81

 

1.96

 

(0.15

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.93

 

0.66

 

0.27

 

0.78

 

0.57

 

0.21

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

2.70

 

2.50

 

0.20

 

2.59

 

2.53

 

0.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other International (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.42

 

1.61

 

(0.19

)

1.52

 

1.85

 

(0.33

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.02

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.02

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.40

 

1.60

 

(0.20

)

1.50

 

1.84

 

(0.34

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.09

 

0.04

 

0.05

 

0.06

 

(0.06

)

0.12

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

1.49

 

1.64

 

(0.15

)

1.56

 

1.78

 

(0.22

)

 


(1)       Gross interest spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned (inclusive of interest forgone on impaired assets) and the average interest rate incurred on funds.

(2)       Net interest spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned and the average interest rate incurred on funds.

(3)       Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

(4)       Australia, Europe and Other International include intragroup cross border loans/borrowings and associated interest.

 

68



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 4: Net Interest Margins & Spreads

 

 

 

Interest earning assets ($bn)  (1)

 

Net interest income ($m)

 

 

 

Year to Sep 05

 

Year to Sep 04

 

Variance

 

Year to Sep 05

 

Year to Sep 04

 

Variance

 

 

 

$bn

 

Mix %

 

$bn

 

Mix %

 

$bn

 

%

 

$m

 

Mix %

 

$m

 

Mix %

 

$m

 

%

 

Reconciliation of divisional  margins to Group margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

155.0

 

48

 

139.2

 

46

 

15.8

 

11

 

3,883

 

55

 

3,701

 

51

 

182

 

5

 

UK Banking

 

49.2

 

15

 

54.3

 

18

 

(5.1

)

(9

)

1,827

 

26

 

2,150

 

30

 

(323

)

(15

)

New Zealand Banking

 

32.1

 

10

 

27.5

 

9

 

4.6

 

17

 

779

 

11

 

719

 

10

 

60

 

8

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

133.8

 

42

 

129.9

 

42

 

3.9

 

3

 

543

 

7

 

618

 

9

 

(75

)

(12

)

Other (2)

 

(47.7

)

(15

)

(44.4

)

(15

)

(3.3

)

(7

)

50

 

1

 

3

 

 

47

 

large

 

Group

 

322.4

 

100

 

306.5

 

100

 

15.9

 

5

 

7,082

 

100

 

7,191

 

100

 

(109

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

Contribution to Group margin (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Variance

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Variance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of divisional margins to Group margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

2.51

%

2.65

%

(14bp

)

1.20

%

1.21

%

(1bp

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Banking

 

3.72

%

3.96

%

(24bp

)

0.57

%

0.70

%

(13bp

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

2.43

%

2.61

%

(18bp

)

0.24

%

0.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

0.41

%

0.47

%

(6bp

)

0.17

%

0.20

%

(3bp

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (2)

 

(0.10

)%

0.00

%

(10bp

)

0.02

%

0.00

%

2bp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.20

%

2.35

%

(15bp

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       Interest-earning assets include intercompany balances.

(2)       Other includes the Wealth Management regional operations, Group Funding, Corporate Centre and Inter-divisional eliminations.

(3)       Divisional net interest margin multiplied by % share of Group average interest-earning assets.

 

69



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 5: Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

 

5. AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET & RELATED INTEREST

 

The following tables set forth the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, together with their respective interest rates earned or paid by the Group. Averages are predominantly daily averages. Interest income figures include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent cash payments have been received. Amounts classified as Other International represent interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities of the controlled entities and overseas branches, excluding Europe. Non-accrual loans are included within interest-earning assets within loans and advances.

 

Average assets and interest income

 

 

 

Year ended Sep 05

 

Year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

8,524

 

393

 

4.61

 

7,801

 

336

 

4.31

 

Europe

 

12,084

 

434

 

3.59

 

14,111

 

414

 

2.93

 

Other International

 

2,384

 

88

 

3.69

 

2,272

 

48

 

2.11

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

106

 

1

 

0.94

 

160

 

2

 

1.25

 

Other International

 

63

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

Marketable debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

19,460

 

1,074

 

5.52

 

21,276

 

1,152

 

5.41

 

Europe

 

9,450

 

396

 

4.19

 

8,561

 

352

 

4.11

 

Other International

 

7,389

 

294

 

3.98

 

6,111

 

174

 

2.85

 

Loans and advances - housing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

98,202

 

6,590

 

6.71

 

88,545

 

5,805

 

6.56

 

Europe

 

17,513

 

1,003

 

5.73

 

17,819

 

939

 

5.27

 

Other International

 

16,057

 

1,153

 

7.18

 

13,185

 

892

 

6.77

 

Loans and advances - non-housing (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

59,554

 

4,655

 

7.82

 

54,557

 

4,147

 

7.60

 

Europe

 

41,902

 

2,732

 

6.52

 

43,893

 

2,651

 

6.04

 

Other International

 

22,944

 

1,693

 

7.38

 

22,536

 

1,445

 

6.41

 

Other interest-earning assets (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,112

 

88

 

n/a

 

892

 

118

 

n/a

 

Europe

 

2,710

 

87

 

n/a

 

3,044

 

87

 

n/a

 

Other International

 

2,939

 

191

 

n/a

 

1,669

 

88

 

n/a

 

Intragroup loans (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

1,100

 

130

 

11.82

 

7,963

 

290

 

3.64

 

Other International

 

6,119

 

44

 

0.72

 

7,659

 

125

 

1.63

 

Average interest-earning assets and interest income incl. intragroup loans by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

186,852

 

12,800

 

6.85

 

173,071

 

11,558

 

6.68

 

Europe

 

84,865

 

4,783

 

5.64

 

95,551

 

4,735

 

4.96

 

Other International

 

57,895

 

3,463

 

5.98

 

53,500

 

2,772

 

5.18

 

Total average interest-earning assets and interest income incl. intragroup loans

 

329,612

 

21,046

 

6.39

 

322,122

 

19,065

 

5.92

 

 

70



 

 

 

Year ended Sep 05

 

Year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Intragroup loans eliminations

 

(7,219

)

(174

)

2.41

 

(15,622

)

(415

)

2.66

 

Total average interest-earning assets by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

186,852

 

12,800

 

6.85

 

173,071

 

11,558

 

6.68

 

Europe

 

83,765

 

4,653

 

5.55

 

87,588

 

4,445

 

5.07

 

Other International

 

51,776

 

3,419

 

6.60

 

45,841

 

2,647

 

5.77

 

Total average interest-earning assets

 

322,393

 

20,872

 

6.47

 

306,500

 

18,650

 

6.08

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments relating to life insurance business (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

43,701

 

 

 

 

 

34,809

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

705

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

20,873

 

 

 

 

 

18,257

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,155

 

 

 

 

 

1,343

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

841

 

 

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

22,384

 

 

 

 

 

24,915

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

11,575

 

 

 

 

 

15,418

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

5,502

 

 

 

 

 

5,848

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-earning assets by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

88,113

 

 

 

 

 

79,324

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

12,460

 

 

 

 

 

16,245

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

6,376

 

 

 

 

 

6,201

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-earning assets

 

106,949

 

 

 

 

 

101,770

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(1,434

)

 

 

 

 

(1,190

)

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

(772

)

 

 

 

 

(810

)

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

(249

)

 

 

 

 

(264

)

 

 

 

 

Total average assets by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

273,531

 

 

 

 

 

251,205

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

95,453

 

 

 

 

 

103,023

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

57,903

 

 

 

 

 

51,778

 

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

426,887

 

 

 

 

 

406,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of total average assets applicable to international operations

 

35.9

%

 

 

 

 

38.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

71



 

Average liabilities and interest expense

 

 

 

Year ended Sep 05

 

Year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term deposits and certificates of
deposit
(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

52,812

 

2,804

 

5.31

 

46,076

 

2,330

 

5.06

 

Europe

 

23,014

 

1,013

 

4.40

 

27,608

 

917

 

3.32

 

Other International

 

23,851

 

1,260

 

5.28

 

23,114

 

900

 

3.89

 

Savings (short-term) deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

8,257

 

425

 

5.15

 

8,079

 

371

 

4.59

 

Europe

 

11,182

 

294

 

2.63

 

13,332

 

274

 

2.06

 

Other International

 

3,775

 

176

 

4.66

 

3,707

 

122

 

3.29

 

Other on-demand deposits (6) (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

39,180

 

1,336

 

3.41

 

37,025

 

1,116

 

3.01

 

Europe

 

12,636

 

248

 

1.96

 

13,763

 

229

 

1.66

 

Other International

 

7,894

 

171

 

2.17

 

7,305

 

112

 

1.53

 

Government and Official Institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

506

 

12

 

2.37

 

907

 

41

 

4.52

 

Other International

 

642

 

15

 

2.34

 

1,175

 

13

 

1.11

 

Due to other financial institutions (6) (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

14,091

 

685

 

4.86

 

12,897

 

612

 

4.75

 

Europe

 

19,089

 

784

 

4.11

 

20,537

 

770

 

3.75

 

Other International

 

10,704

 

311

 

2.91

 

12,131

 

205

 

1.69

 

Short-term borrowings (6) (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

14,151

 

504

 

3.56

 

13,613

 

438

 

3.22

 

Europe

 

645

 

19

 

2.95

 

669

 

16

 

2.39

 

Other International

 

8,948

 

254

 

2.84

 

5,818

 

74

 

1.27

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

35,697

 

1,427

 

4.00

 

26,051

 

1,013

 

3.89

 

Other International

 

1,185

 

67

 

5.65

 

1,208

 

64

 

5.30

 

Other interest-bearing liabilities (2) (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

30

 

1,441

 

n/a

 

95

 

1,385

 

n/a

 

Europe

 

7

 

124

 

n/a

 

7

 

4

 

n/a

 

Other International

 

86

 

305

 

n/a

 

76

 

330

 

n/a

 

Loan Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

329

 

13

 

3.95

 

344

 

15

 

4.36

 

Europe

 

976

 

102

 

10.45

 

1,305

 

108

 

8.28

 

Intragroup loans (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,219

 

174

 

2.41

 

15,622

 

415

 

2.66

 

Average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense incl. intragroup loans by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

172,272

 

8,821

 

5.12

 

160,709

 

7,736

 

4.81

 

Europe

 

67,549

 

2,584

 

3.83

 

77,221

 

2,318

 

3.00

 

Other International

 

57,085

 

2,559

 

4.48

 

54,534

 

1,820

 

3.34

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense incl. intragroup loans

 

296,906

 

13,964

 

4.70

 

292,464

 

11,874

 

4.06

 

 

72



 

 

 

Year ended Sep 05

 

Year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Intragroup loans eliminations

 

(7,219

)

(174

)

2.41

 

(15,622

)

(415

)

2.66

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

165,053

 

8,647

 

5.24

 

145,087

 

7,321

 

5.05

 

Europe

 

67,549

 

2,584

 

3.83

 

77,221

 

2,318

 

3.00

 

Other International

 

57,085

 

2,559

 

4.48

 

54,534

 

1,820

 

3.34

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense

 

289,687

 

13,790

 

4.76

 

276,842

 

11,459

 

4.14

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

6,416

 

 

 

 

 

5,936

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

4,084

 

 

 

 

 

5,858

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

1,009

 

 

 

 

 

1,102

 

 

 

 

 

Liability on acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

20,873

 

 

 

 

 

18,257

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy liabilities (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

38,135

 

 

 

 

 

33,014

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

503

 

 

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

16,459

 

 

 

 

 

15,369

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

13,718

 

 

 

 

 

16,865

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

4,571

 

 

 

 

 

4,505

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-bearing liabilities by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

81,883

 

 

 

 

 

72,576

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

17,846

 

 

 

 

 

22,813

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

6,100

 

 

 

 

 

5,973

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

105,829

 

 

 

 

 

101,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

73



 

Equity

 

 

 

Year ended Sep 05

 

Year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

7,396

 

 

 

 

 

6,305

 

 

 

 

 

Preference share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

1,945

 

 

 

 

 

1,945

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

10,847

 

 

 

 

 

9,452

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

874

 

 

 

 

 

1,079

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits

 

15,369

 

 

 

 

 

13,957

 

 

 

 

 

Parent entity interest

 

27,090

 

 

 

 

 

24,488

 

 

 

 

 

Outside equity interest in controlled entities

 

4,281

 

 

 

 

 

3,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

31,371

 

 

 

 

 

27,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

426,887

 

 

 

 

 

406,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of total average liabilities applicable to international operations

 

37.6

%

 

 

 

 

42.4

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Includes non-accrual loans.

(2)

Includes interest on derivatives and escrow deposits.

(3)

The calculations for Australia, Europe and Other International include intragroup cross border loans/borrowings and associated interest.

(4)

Included within investments relating to life insurance business are interest-earning debt securities. The interest earned from these securities is reported in life insurance income, and has therefore been treated as non-interest earning for the purposes of this note. The assets and liabilities held in the statutory funds of the Group’s Australian life insurance business are subject to the restrictions of the Life Insurance Act 1995.

(5)

The sum of term deposits and certificates of deposit equate to time deposits.

(6)

A change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from Other On-Demand Deposits to Due to Other Financial Institutions and Short-Term Borrowings. To ensure consistent classification with notes to the spot balance sheet, an amount of $3,860 million was reclassified from Other On-Demand Deposits to Due to Other Financial Institutions $2,781 million and Short-Term Borrowings $1,079 million for the 2004 year. Associated interest expense was also reclassified.

(7)

A change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from Due to Other Financial Institutions to Other On-Demand Deposits. To ensure consistent classification with notes to the spot balance sheet, an amount of $2,980 million was reclassified from Due to Other Financial Institutions to Other On-Demand Deposits for the 2004 year. Associated interest expense was also reclassified.

(8)

Certain interest expenses have been reclassified from short-term borrowings to other interest-bearing liabilities. As a result, an amount of $154 million has been reclassified for the 2004 year.

 

74



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 6: Gross Loans & Advances

 

6. GROSS LOANS & ADVANCES

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

By region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

170,761

 

157,994

 

148,407

 

8.1

 

15.1

 

Europe

 

55,165

 

53,981

 

66,010

 

2.2

 

(16.4

)

New Zealand

 

34,723

 

33,326

 

32,098

 

4.2

 

8.2

 

United States

 

2,241

 

2,758

 

2,522

 

(18.7

)

(11.1

)

Asia

 

1,714

 

3,057

 

3,341

 

(43.9

)

(48.7

)

Total gross loans and advances

 

264,604

 

251,116

 

252,378

 

5.4

 

4.8

 

Securitised loans

 

1,919

 

2,317

 

2,788

 

(17.2

)

(31.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

139,481

 

129,447

 

125,773

 

7.8

 

10.9

 

Term lending

 

84,744

 

81,560

 

84,236

 

3.9

 

0.6

 

Overdrafts

 

12,302

 

11,210

 

12,967

 

9.7

 

(5.1

)

Leasing

 

15,926

 

15,127

 

16,027

 

5.3

 

(0.6

)

Credit cards

 

6,769

 

6,821

 

6,876

 

(0.8

)

(1.6

)

Other

 

5,382

 

6,951

 

6,499

 

(22.6

)

(17.2

)

Total gross loans and advances

 

264,604

 

251,116

 

252,378

 

5.4

 

4.8

 

 

Refer to note 2(b)(i) for details of loans and advances at 30 September 2004 included in the tables above, that are attributable to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

 

 

As at 30 Sep 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By product & region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

105,419

 

17,175

 

16,393

 

 

494

 

139,481

 

Term lending

 

43,113

 

22,675

 

15,572

 

2,241

 

1,143

 

84,744

 

Overdrafts

 

5,036

 

5,809

 

1,457

 

 

 

12,302

 

Leasing

 

9,508

 

6,372

 

29

 

 

17

 

15,926

 

Credit cards

 

4,194

 

1,524

 

1,051

 

 

 

6,769

 

Other

 

3,491

 

1,610

 

221

 

 

60

 

5,382

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

170,761

 

55,165

 

34,723

 

2,241

 

1,714

 

264,604

 

 

75



 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 31 March 2005 excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

7.4

 

18.1

 

7.5

 

 

(21.1

)

8.5

 

Term lending

 

8.5

 

5.0

 

9.2

 

(19.9

)

(42.5

)

5.5

 

Overdrafts

 

9.0

 

16.1

 

11.0

 

 

 

12.5

 

Leasing

 

9.2

 

5.0

 

38.1

 

 

(19.0

)

7.5

 

Credit cards

 

(0.5

)

3.9

 

(0.5

)

 

 

0.5

 

Other

 

34.6

 

(39.7

)

(80.4

)

 

(85.4

)

(20.8

)

Total gross loans and advances

 

8.1

 

7.5

 

5.1

 

(19.9

)

(43.7

)

6.6

 

 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 30 Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe (1)

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total (1)

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 30 September 2004 excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

15.5

 

27.1

 

17.7

 

 

(13.6

)

16.9

 

Term lending

 

13.5

 

9.4

 

14.6

 

(5.3

)

(47.8

)

10.3

 

Overdrafts

 

13.4

 

33.8

 

30.0

 

 

 

24.2

 

Leasing

 

16.5

 

(4.6

)

26.1

 

 

(29.2

)

6.9

 

Credit cards

 

4.1

 

4.0

 

8.7

 

 

 

4.8

 

Other

 

37.3

 

(9.2

)

(86.1

)

 

(86.5

)

(15.3

)

Total gross loans and advances

 

15.1

 

13.7

 

11.2

 

(5.3

)

(46.9

)

13.2

 

 


(1)       Excludes National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited.

 

76



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 6: Gross Loans & Acceptances

 

 

 

Australian

 

UK

 

NZ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Banking

 

Banking (1)

 

Banking

 

IM&S

 

WM

 

Other (2)

 

Group

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

107,338

 

17,175

 

16,361

 

526

 

 

(1,919

)

139,481

 

Non-housing lending

 

50,216

 

26,158

 

13,253

 

35,043

 

120

 

333

 

125,123

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

157,554

 

43,333

 

29,614

 

35,569

 

120

 

(1,586

)

264,604

 

Acceptances

 

30,782

 

15

 

 

3,287

 

 

(6,457

)

27,627

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

188,336

 

43,348

 

29,614

 

38,856

 

120

 

(8,043

)

292,231

 

As at 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

100,459

 

15,289

 

15,371

 

645

 

 

(2,317

)

129,447

 

Non-housing lending

 

46,141

 

24,347

 

12,403

 

38,744

 

92

 

(58

)

121,669

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

146,600

 

39,636

 

27,774

 

39,389

 

92

 

(2,375

)

251,116

 

Acceptances

 

27,261

 

46

 

23

 

3,969

 

 

(9,732

)

21,567

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

173,861

 

39,682

 

27,797

 

43,358

 

92

 

(12,107

)

272,683

 

As at 30 September 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

94,047

 

19,576

 

14,299

 

639

 

 

(2,788

)

125,773

 

Non-housing lending

 

43,368

 

31,739

 

11,840

 

39,656

 

87

 

(85

)

126,605

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

137,415

 

51,315

 

26,139

 

40,295

 

87

 

(2,873

)

252,378

 

Acceptances

 

24,787

 

59

 

18

 

4,738

 

 

(13,258

)

16,344

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

162,202

 

51,374

 

26,157

 

45,033

 

87

 

(16,131

)

268,722

 

 


(1)       Included within housing lending at 30 September 2004 was $4,860 million in relation to National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited. Included within non-housing lending at 30 September 2004 was $8,343 million in relation to National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited.

(2)       Other housing lending includes securitised loans. Other non-housing lending includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and intra-group elimination entries. Other acceptances includes NAB-issued acceptances bought back by NAB.

 

77



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 7: Deposits & Other Borrowings

 

7. DEPOSITS & OTHER BORROWINGS

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

By region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

118,826

 

121,610

 

116,287

 

(2.3

)

2.2

 

Europe

 

46,648

 

44,545

 

62,133

 

4.7

 

(24.9

)

New Zealand

 

26,172

 

25,896

 

25,643

 

1.1

 

2.1

 

United States

 

13,390

 

8,021

 

11,287

 

66.9

 

18.6

 

Asia

 

4,043

 

5,794

 

3,678

 

(30.2

)

9.9

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

209,079

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

1.6

 

(4.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

10,981

 

10,538

 

13,516

 

4.2

 

(18.8

)

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

84,702

 

81,279

 

83,114

 

4.2

 

1.9

 

Certificates of deposit

 

26,769

 

34,469

 

34,130

 

(22.3

)

(21.6

)

Term deposits

 

63,575

 

62,279

 

66,212

 

2.1

 

(4.0

)

Total deposits

 

186,027

 

188,565

 

196,972

 

(1.3

)

(5.6

)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

5,108

 

3,735

 

2,809

 

36.8

 

81.8

 

Borrowings

 

17,944

 

13,566

 

19,247

 

32.3

 

(6.8

)

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

209,079

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

1.6

 

(4.5

)

 

Refer to note 2(b)(ii) for details of deposits and other borrowings at 30 September 2004 included in the tables above, that are attributable to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

 

 

As at 30 Sep 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By product & region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

6,544

 

3,248

 

595

 

592

 

2

 

10,981

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

51,694

 

22,529

 

7,485

 

2,247

 

747

 

84,702

 

Certificates of deposit

 

13,934

 

8,936

 

3,424

 

475

 

 

26,769

 

Term deposits

 

34,065

 

10,061

 

13,092

 

3,063

 

3,294

 

63,575

 

Total deposits

 

106,237

 

44,774

 

24,596

 

6,377

 

4,043

 

186,027

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

2,429

 

1,874

 

 

805

 

 

5,108

 

Borrowings

 

10,160

 

 

1,576

 

6,208

 

 

17,944

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

118,826

 

46,648

 

26,172

 

13,390

 

4,043

 

209,079

 

 

78



 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 31 March 2005 excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

5.4

 

2.9

 

15.1

 

19.4

 

 

5.8

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

9.2

 

10.1

 

(1.2

)

(11.8

)

(67.5

)

5.6

 

Certificates of deposit

 

(38.2

)

13.7

 

8.9

 

 

 

(21.4

)

Term deposits

 

3.9

 

10.3

 

6.2

 

(22.7

)

(7.9

)

2.9

 

Total deposits

 

(2.5

)

10.3

 

4.4

 

(14.8

)

(31.2

)

(0.2

)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

21.5

 

33.7

 

 

large

 

 

40.1

 

Borrowings

 

(5.1

)

large

 

(24.0

)

large

 

 

32.4

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

(2.3

)

10.1

 

2.1

 

64.6

 

(31.2

)

2.7

 

 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 30 Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe (1)

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total (1)

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 30 September 2004 excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

8.2

 

(1.8

)

(0.5

)

14.7

 

large

 

4.9

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

13.0

 

9.7

 

5.7

 

26.2

 

large

 

12.6

 

Certificates of deposit

 

(28.0

)

(12.2

)

10.6

 

 

 

(19.1

)

Term deposits

 

6.3

 

(4.2

)

10.6

 

1.4

 

(1.3

)

4.6

 

Total deposits

 

2.9

 

0.6

 

8.8

 

10.1

 

17.1

 

3.6

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

42.9

 

86.3

 

 

large

 

 

87.9

 

Borrowings

 

(10.8

)

large

 

(31.8

)

29.7

 

 

(4.7

)

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

2.2

 

1.7

 

5.0

 

26.4

 

17.1

 

4.0

 

 


(1)       Excludes National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited.

 

79



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 8: Net Life Insurance Income

 

8. NET LIFE INSURANCE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Premium and related revenue

 

472

 

434

 

8.8

 

906

 

1,005

 

(9.9

)

Investment revenue (1)

 

4,750

 

2,802

 

69.5

 

7,552

 

4,749

 

59.0

 

Life insurance income excluding IORE

 

5,222

 

3,236

 

61.4

 

8,458

 

5,754

 

47.0

 

Claims expense

 

(303

)

(287

)

(5.6

)

(590

)

(702

)

16.0

 

Change in policy liabilities

 

(3,499

)

(2,071

)

(69.0

)

(5,570

)

(3,368

)

(65.4

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(374

)

(365

)

(2.5

)

(739

)

(723

)

(2.2

)

Investment management fees

 

(15

)

(18

)

16.7

 

(33

)

(42

)

21.4

 

Life insurance expenses

 

(4,191

)

(2,741

)

(52.9

)

(6,932

)

(4,835

)

(43.4

)

Net life insurance income excluding IORE

 

1,031

 

495

 

large

 

1,526

 

919

 

66.1

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life businesses (IORE)

 

83

 

63

 

31.7

 

146

 

93

 

57.0

 

Net life insurance income

 

1,114

 

558

 

99.6

 

1,672

 

1,012

 

65.2

 

Interest expense - life insurance funds

 

(8

)

(14

)

42.9

 

(22

)

(17

)

(29.4

)

Profit of life insurance funds before income tax

 

1,106

 

544

 

large

 

1,650

 

995

 

65.8

 

Income tax expense - life insurance funds

 

(448

)

(192

)

large

 

(640

)

(301

)

large

 

Net profit of life insurance funds before outside equity interest

 

658

 

352

 

86.9

 

1,010

 

694

 

45.5

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

(456

)

(154

)

large

 

(610

)

(365

)

(67.1

)

Net profit of life insurance funds after outside equity interest

 

202

 

198

 

2.0

 

400

 

329

 

21.6

 

 


(1)       Investment revenue excluding investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses.

 

Sources of Operating Profit from Life Companies life insurance funds

 

Life company - planned profit margins

 

138

 

139

 

(0.7

)

277

 

251

 

10.4

 

Life company - experience profit

 

1

 

11

 

(90.9

)

12

 

7

 

71.4

 

Capitalised Losses

 

(5

)

 

large

 

(5

)

 

large

 

Life company operating margins (2)

 

134

 

150

 

(10.7

)

284

 

258

 

10.1

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses after tax (3)

 

68

 

48

 

41.7

 

116

 

71

 

63.4

 

Net profit of life insurance funds after outside equity interest

 

202

 

198

 

2.0

 

400

 

329

 

21.6

 

 


(2)       Reflects operating profit of all business written through life insurance funds, irrespective of the business type (investment or insurance).

(3)       Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses after outside equity interest.

 

Net life insurance income is the profit before tax excluding net interest income of the life insurance and investments businesses of the life insurance funds of the life insurance companies of the Group.

 

80



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 9: Revenue

 

9. REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest income

 

3

 

10,751

 

10,121

 

6.2

 

20,872

 

18,650

 

11.9

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life businesses (IORE)

 

8

 

83

 

63

 

31.7

 

146

 

93

 

57.0

 

Investment revenue (1)

 

8

 

4,750

 

2,802

 

69.5

 

7,552

 

4,749

 

59.0

 

Total investment revenue

 

 

 

4,833

 

2,865

 

68.7

 

7,698

 

4,842

 

59.0

 

Premium and related revenue

 

8

 

472

 

434

 

8.8

 

906

 

1,005

 

(9.9

)

Life insurance income

 

 

 

5,305

 

3,299

 

60.8

 

8,604

 

5,847

 

47.2

 

Wealth Management other operating income

 

 

 

437

 

461

 

(5.2

)

898

 

807

 

11.3

 

Revaluation profit/(loss)

 

 

 

281

 

54

 

large

 

335

 

(137

)

large

 

Wealth Management total income (2)

 

 

 

718

 

515

 

39.4

 

1,233

 

670

 

84.0

 

Total Banking other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

1

 

 

large

 

1

 

23

 

(95.7

)

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

53

 

5

 

large

 

58

 

14

 

large

 

Loan fees from banking

 

 

 

764

 

742

 

3.0

 

1,506

 

1,447

 

4.1

 

Money transfer fees

 

 

 

451

 

479

 

(5.8

)

930

 

983

 

(5.4

)

Trading income (before significant items)

 

 

 

319

 

337

 

(5.3

)

656

 

575

 

14.1

 

Foreign exchange income

 

 

 

33

 

(4

)

large

 

29

 

(2

)

large

 

Fees and commissions (3)

 

 

 

384

 

366

 

4.9

 

750

 

738

 

1.6

 

Fleet service fees (3)

 

 

 

75

 

73

 

2.7

 

148

 

131

 

13.0

 

Other income

 

 

 

153

 

112

 

36.6

 

265

 

256

 

3.5

 

Total Banking other operating income

 

 

 

2,233

 

2,110

 

5.8

 

4,343

 

4,165

 

4.3

 

Eliminations

 

 

 

(58

)

(81

)

28.4

 

(139

)

(141

)

1.4

 

Banking other operating income net of eliminations

 

 

 

2,175

 

2,029

 

7.2

 

4,204

 

4,024

 

4.5

 

Total revenue before significant items

 

 

 

18,949

 

15,964

 

18.7

 

34,913

 

29,191

 

19.6

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

15

 

(21

)

2,514

 

large

 

2,493

 

 

large

 

Proceeds from the sale of strategic shareholdings

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

993

 

large

 

Total revenue from ordinary activities

 

 

 

18,928

 

18,478

 

2.4

 

37,406

 

30,184

 

23.9

 

 


(1)       Investment revenue excluding investment earnings on shareholders retained profits and capital from life businesses.

(2)       Wealth Management total income excludes life insurance income. Refer to note 8 for further details.

(3)       A change has been made to the classification of certain fees from Fees and Commissions to Fleet Service Fees. Comparative information has been reclassified for the September 2004 year of $23 million.

 

81



 

Other operating income (before revaluation profit/(loss) and significant income) by Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Australian Banking

 

1,154

 

1,081

 

6.8

 

2,235

 

2,122

 

5.3

 

UK Banking

 

462

 

429

 

7.7

 

891

 

887

 

0.5

 

New Zealand Banking

 

177

 

178

 

(0.6

)

355

 

354

 

0.3

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

433

 

486

 

(10.9

)

919

 

866

 

6.1

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

7

 

(64

)

large

 

(57

)

(64

)

10.9

 

Total Banking

 

2,233

 

2,110

 

5.8

 

4,343

 

4,165

 

4.3

 

Wealth Management

 

437

 

461

 

(5.2

)

898

 

807

 

11.3

 

Eliminations

 

(58

)

(81

)

28.4

 

(139

)

(141

)

1.4

 

Other operating income

 

2,612

 

2,490

 

4.9

 

5,102

 

4,831

 

5.6

 

 

82



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 10: Expenses

 

10. EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest expense

 

3

 

7,222

 

6,568

 

(10.0

)

13,790

 

11,459

 

(20.3

)

Claims expense

 

 

 

303

 

287

 

(5.6

)

590

 

702

 

16.0

 

Change in policy liabilities

 

 

 

3,499

 

2,071

 

(69.0

)

5,570

 

3,368

 

(65.4

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

 

 

374

 

365

 

(2.5

)

739

 

723

 

(2.2

)

Investment management fees

 

 

 

15

 

18

 

16.7

 

33

 

42

 

21.4

 

Life insurance expenses

 

8

 

4,191

 

2,741

 

(52.9

)

6,932

 

4,835

 

(43.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management other operating expenses (1)

 

 

 

441

 

411

 

(7.3

)

852

 

834

 

(2.2

)

Total Banking other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and related on costs

 

 

 

1,362

 

1,356

 

(0.4

)

2,718

 

2,601

 

(4.5

)

Superannuation

 

 

 

123

 

163

 

24.5

 

286

 

276

 

(3.6

)

Other

 

 

 

170

 

152

 

(11.8

)

322

 

304

 

(5.9

)

 

 

 

 

1,655

 

1,671

 

1.0

 

3,326

 

3,181

 

(4.6

)

Occupancy expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental on operating leases (2)

 

 

 

140

 

149

 

6.0

 

289

 

283

 

(2.1

)

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

40

 

42

 

4.8

 

82

 

68

 

(20.6

)

Other (2)

 

 

 

121

 

125

 

3.2

 

246

 

236

 

(4.2

)

 

 

 

 

301

 

316

 

4.7

 

617

 

587

 

(5.1

)

General expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

 

93

 

103

 

9.7

 

196

 

216

 

9.3

 

Non-lending losses (3)

 

 

 

139

 

28

 

large

 

167

 

77

 

large

 

Communications, postage and stationery

 

 

 

174

 

182

 

4.4

 

356

 

381

 

6.6

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

155

 

163

 

4.9

 

318

 

333

 

4.5

 

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

77

 

53

 

(45.3

)

130

 

102

 

(27.5

)

Computer equipment and software

 

 

 

117

 

119

 

1.7

 

236

 

260

 

9.2

 

Rental on operating leases

 

 

 

45

 

44

 

(2.3

)

89

 

72

 

(23.6

)

Professional fees

 

 

 

196

 

138

 

(42.0

)

334

 

324

 

(3.1

)

Travel

 

 

 

30

 

26

 

(15.4

)

56

 

64

 

12.5

 

Freight and cartage

 

 

 

37

 

38

 

2.6

 

75

 

77

 

2.6

 

Motor vehicle expenses

 

 

 

23

 

22

 

(4.5

)

45

 

41

 

(9.8

)

Insurance

 

 

 

15

 

18

 

16.7

 

33

 

38

 

13.2

 

Operational (bank & bureau) charges

 

 

 

32

 

37

 

13.5

 

69

 

78

 

11.5

 

Other expenses (4)

 

 

 

256

 

288

 

11.1

 

544

 

288

 

(88.9

)

 

 

 

 

1,389

 

1,259

 

(10.3

)

2,648

 

2,351

 

(12.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Banking other operating expenses

 

 

 

3,345

 

3,246

 

(3.0

)

6,591

 

6,119

 

(7.7

)

Eliminations

 

 

 

(58

)

(81

)

28.4

 

(139

)

(141

)

1.4

 

Banking other operating expenses net of eliminations

 

 

 

3,287

 

3,165

 

(3.9

)

6,452

 

5,978

 

(7.9

)

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

3,728

 

3,576

 

(4.3

)

7,304

 

6,812

 

(7.2

)

Total operating expenses before significant items, goodwill and charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

15,141

 

12,885

 

(17.5

)

28,026

 

23,106

 

(21.3

)

 


(1)       Wealth Management other operating expenses excludes life insurance expenses. Refer to note 8 for further details.

(2)       A change has been made to the classification of certain expenses from Other Occupancy Expenses to Rental on Operating Leases. Comparative information has been reclassified for the September 2004 year of $20 million.

(3)       Non lending losses in the September 2005 year include costs relating to fee refunds for Choice package ($81m), BAD tax ($14m) and fixed rate interest only loans ($26m).

(4)       Other expenses in the September 2005 year and March 2005 half year include self-insurance costs relating to the Northern Bank robbery ($49 million), the South Korea legal action ($49 million) and NAFiM investor compensation ($27 million), which is offset in Wealth Management other operating income.

 

83



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sale of strategic shareholdings

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

678

 

large

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

15

 

 

(34

)

large

 

(34

)

360

 

large

 

Reversal of HomeSide non-lending loss provision

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

(64

)

large

 

Write-down of impaired application software

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

409

 

large

 

Restructuring provision

 

15

 

435

 

403

 

(7.9

)

838

 

 

 

PfG Restructuring provision

 

15

 

(2

)

(9

)

(77.8

)

(11

)

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

15

 

(40

)

1,456

 

large

 

1,416

 

 

 

Total significant expenses

 

 

 

393

 

1,816

 

78.4

 

2,209

 

1,383

 

(59.7

)

Total operating expenses before goodwill and charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

15,534

 

14,701

 

(5.7

)

30,235

 

24,489

 

(23.5

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

 

 

48

 

50

 

4.0

 

98

 

103

 

4.9

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts - ordinary

 

12

 

253

 

281

 

10.0

 

534

 

559

 

4.5

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts - significant

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

large

 

Total operating expenses after significant items

 

 

 

15,835

 

15,032

 

(5.3

)

30,867

 

25,443

 

(21.3

)

 

Operating expenses (before goodwill, significant expenses and charge to provide for doubtful debts) by Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Australian Banking

 

1,730

 

1,479

 

(17.0

)

3,209

 

2,771

 

(15.8

)

UK Banking

 

836

 

952

 

12.2

 

1,788

 

1,958

 

8.7

 

New Zealand Banking

 

306

 

315

 

2.9

 

621

 

595

 

(4.4

)

Institutional Markets & Services

 

369

 

366

 

(0.8

)

735

 

705

 

(4.3

)

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

104

 

134

 

22.4

 

238

 

90

 

large

 

Total Banking

 

3,345

 

3,246

 

(3.0

)

6,591

 

6,119

 

(7.7

)

Wealth Management

 

441

 

411

 

(7.3

)

852

 

834

 

(2.2

)

Eliminations

 

(58

)

(81

)

28.4

 

(139

)

(141

)

1.4

 

Other operating expenses

 

3,728

 

3,576

 

(4.3

)

7,304

 

6,812

 

(7.2

)

 

Restructuring expenses

 

During 2005 the Group recognised restructuring costs of $838 million ($606 million after tax) resulting from activities related to the restructure from its business operating model to management along regional lines.

 

 

 

Redundancies

 

Occupancy

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total 2005 expenditure/provision

 

484

 

137

 

217

 

838

 

Expenditure in 2005 year

 

(191

)

(8

)

(182

)

(381

)

Provision balance as at 30 September 2005

 

293

 

129

 

35

 

457

 

 

Capitalisation of Software Costs

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Capitalised application software on the balance sheet

 

614

 

654

 

655

 

 

84



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 11: Full Time Equivalent Employees

 

11. FULL TIME EQUIVALENT EMPLOYEES (1)

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

No.

 

No.

 

No.

 

%

 

%

 

By Region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

23,554

 

24,249

 

24,567

 

(2.9

)

(4.1

)

Europe (2)

 

9,868

 

10,180

 

13,324

 

(3.1

)

(25.9

)

New Zealand

 

4,814

 

4,724

 

4,766

 

1.9

 

1.0

 

United States

 

114

 

119

 

141

 

(4.2

)

(19.1

)

Asia

 

583

 

689

 

719

 

(15.4

)

(18.9

)

Total full time equivalent employees (FTEs) (2)

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

43,517

 

(2.6

)

(10.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

17,884

 

18,372

 

18,382

 

(2.7

)

(2.7

)

Wealth Management Australia

 

4,252

 

4,393

 

4,746

 

(3.2

)

(10.4

)

Total Australia

 

22,136

 

22,765

 

23,128

 

(2.8

)

(4.3

)

Total UK

 

9,480

 

9,772

 

12,865

 

(3.0

)

(26.3

)

Total New Zealand

 

4,645

 

4,549

 

4,596

 

2.1

 

1.1

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

1,993

 

2,066

 

2,073

 

(3.5

)

(3.9

)

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

679

 

809

 

855

 

(16.1

)

(20.6

)

Total full time equivalent employees (FTEs)

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

43,517

 

(2.6

)

(10.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average half year FTEs

 

39,395

 

42,591

 

43,515

 

(7.5

)

(9.5

)

 


(1)       Full-time equivalent staff include part-time staff (pro-rated) and non-payroll FTEs (ie. contractors).

(2)       Includes 2,712 FTEs at 30 September 2004 in relation to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

85



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 12: Doubtful Debts

 

12. DOUBTFUL DEBTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Total charge for doubtful debts by Region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

122

 

198

 

38.4

 

320

 

244

 

(31.1

)

Europe

 

108

 

74

 

(45.9

)

182

 

275

 

33.8

 

New Zealand

 

26

 

8

 

large

 

34

 

20

 

(70.0

)

United States

 

3

 

4

 

25.0

 

7

 

19

 

63.2

 

Asia

 

(6

)

(3

)

large

 

(9

)

1

 

large

 

Total charge to provide for doubtful debts before significant items

 

253

 

281

 

10.0

 

534

 

559

 

4.5

 

Significant charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revision of accounting estimate

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

large

 

Total charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

253

 

281

 

10.0

 

534

 

851

 

37.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total charge for doubtful debts by Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

127

 

130

 

2.3

 

257

 

201

 

(27.9

)

UK Banking

 

125

 

91

 

(37.4

)

216

 

224

 

3.6

 

New Zealand Banking

 

25

 

12

 

large

 

37

 

21

 

(76.2

)

Institutional Markets & Services

 

(24

)

48

 

large

 

24

 

113

 

78.8

 

Total charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

253

 

281

 

10.0

 

534

 

559

 

4.5

 

 

Movement in provisions for doubtful debts

 

 

 

Year to Sep 05

 

Year to Sep 04

 

 

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Opening balance

 

412

 

2,116

 

2,528

 

463

 

1,793

 

2,256

 

Transfer to/(from) specific/general provision

 

422

 

(422

)

 

553

 

(553

)

 

Bad debts recovered

 

195

 

 

195

 

199

 

 

199

 

Bad debts written off

 

(599

)

 

(599

)

(804

)

 

(804

)

Charge to profit and loss - ordinary

 

 

534

 

534

 

 

559

 

559

 

Charge to profit and loss - significant

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

292

 

Provision of controlled entities sold

 

(21

)

(92

)

(113

)

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation and other
adjustments
(1)

 

(51

)

(72

)

(123

)

1

 

25

 

26

 

Total provisions for doubtful debts

 

358

 

2,064

 

2,422

 

412

 

2,116

 

2,528

 

 


(1)       In 2005, this includes a $41 million reduction in the specific provision for doubtful debts that arose on the sale of certain loans during the  year.

 

 

 

Half Year to Sep 05

 

Half Year to Mar 05

 

 

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Opening balance

 

390

 

2,034

 

2,424

 

412

 

2,116

 

2,528

 

Transfer to/(from) specific/general provision

 

184

 

(184

)

 

238

 

(238

)

 

Bad debts recovered

 

107

 

 

107

 

88

 

 

88

 

Bad debts written off

 

(300

)

 

(300

)

(299

)

 

(299

)

Charge to profit and loss - ordinary

 

 

253

 

253

 

 

281

 

281

 

Charge to profit and loss - significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision of controlled entities sold

 

 

 

 

(21

)

(92

)

(113

)

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments

 

(23

)

(39

)

(62

)

(28

)

(33

)

(61

)

Total provisions for doubtful debts

 

358

 

2,064

 

2,422

 

390

 

2,034

 

2,424

 

 

86



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 13:  Asset Quality

 

13. ASSET QUALITY

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Summary of impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (1)

 

1,022

 

1,115

 

1,230

 

(8.3

)

(16.9

)

Gross restructured loans

 

5

 

1

 

41

 

large

 

(87.8

)

Gross assets acquired through security enforcement

 

 

2

 

5

 

large

 

large

 

Gross impaired assets (1)

 

1,027

 

1,118

 

1,276

 

(8.1

)

(19.5

)

Less: Specific provisions - non-accrual loans

 

(316

)

(353

)

(375

)

(10.5

)

(15.7

)

Net impaired assets (1)

 

711

 

765

 

901

 

(7.1

)

(21.1

)

 

 

 

As at 30 Sep 05

 

As at 31 Mar 05

 

As at 30 Sep 04

 

 

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total impaired assets by region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

761

 

560

 

757

 

525

 

700

 

536

 

Europe (1)

 

137

 

69

 

172

 

103

 

333

 

174

 

New Zealand

 

103

 

70

 

89

 

67

 

87

 

68

 

United States

 

25

 

12

 

98

 

69

 

155

 

123

 

Asia

 

1

 

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

 

Total impaired assets (1)

 

1,027

 

711

 

1,118

 

765

 

1,276

 

901

 

 


(1)       Includes gross non-accrual loans relating to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005, of $84 million (net: $69 million) at 30 September 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Movement in gross impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 March 2004

 

770

 

347

 

37

 

277

 

3

 

1,434

 

New

 

173

 

118

 

62

 

90

 

 

443

 

Written off

 

(188

)

(52

)

(14

)

 

 

(254

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(55

)

(96

)

(5

)

(224

)

(3

)

(383

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

16

 

7

 

12

 

1

 

36

 

Balance at 30 September 2004

 

700

 

333

 

87

 

155

 

1

 

1,276

 

New

 

283

 

44

 

25

 

2

 

1

 

355

 

Written off

 

(63

)

(52

)

(2

)

(1

)

 

(118

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(163

)

(60

)

(19

)

(47

)

 

(289

)

Impaired assets of controlled entities sold (2)

 

 

(84

)

 

 

 

(84

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(9

)

(2

)

(11

)

 

(22

)

Balance at 31 March 2005

 

757

 

172

 

89

 

98

 

2

 

1,118

 

New

 

204

 

99

 

35

 

1

 

 

339

 

Written off

 

(143

)

(43

)

(4

)

(1

)

(1

)

(192

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(57

)

(83

)

(16

)

(74

)

 

(230

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(8

)

(1

)

1

 

 

(8

)

Gross impaired assets at 30 September 2005

 

761

 

137

 

103

 

25

 

1

 

1,027

 

 


(2)       Impaired assets of the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

87



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans & acceptances - by region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

0.38

 

0.42

 

0.43

 

Europe

 

0.25

 

0.32

 

0.50

 

New Zealand

 

0.30

 

0.27

 

0.27

 

United States

 

1.12

 

3.48

 

4.32

 

Asia

 

0.06

 

0.07

 

0.03

 

Total gross non-accrual loans to gross loans & acceptances

 

0.35

 

0.41

 

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group provisioning coverage ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets to total equity (1)

 

2.5

 

2.7

 

3.5

 

Net impaired assets to total equity plus general
provision
(1)

 

2.4

 

2.6

 

3.2

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

34.9

 

34.9

 

32.3

 

General and specific provisions to gross impaired assets

 

235.8

 

216.8

 

198.1

 

General provision to risk-weighted assets

 

0.71

 

0.73

 

0.74

 

 


(1)       Total parent entity interest in equity.

 

The amounts below are not classified as impaired assets and therefore are not included in the summary on the previous page.

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Accruing loans 90 days past - by region (2) (3) (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

671

 

734

 

796

 

(8.6

)

(15.7

)

Europe (3)

 

123

 

124

 

68

 

(0.8

)

80.9

 

New Zealand

 

25

 

22

 

26

 

13.6

 

(3.8

)

Asia

 

 

4

 

2

 

large

 

large

 

Total 90 day past due loans (2) (3) (4)

 

819

 

884

 

892

 

(7.4

)

(8.2

)

 


(2)       During the September 2004 half year the Group revised its data collection procedures for establishing its 90 day past due exposures. This process now includes loans that are identified by the internal categories ‘watch’ or ‘substandard’ and are in arrears 90 days or more.

(3)       Includes 90 days past due loans relating to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005, of $3 million at 30 September 2004.

(4)       Accruing loans 90 days past due includes gross portfolio-managed facilities past due 90 to 180 days.

 

88



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 14: Income Tax Reconciliation

 

14. INCOME TAX RECONCILIATION

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

2,332

 

1,903

 

4,235

 

3,269

 

Overseas

 

761

 

1,543

 

2,304

 

1,472

 

Add/deduct: (Profit)/loss from ordinary activities before income tax expense attributable to the life insurance statutory funds and their controlled trusts

 

(1,106

)

(544

)

(1,650

)

(995

)

Total profit from ordinary activities excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business, before income tax expense

 

1,987

 

2,902

 

4,889

 

3,746

 

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

596

 

871

 

1,467

 

1,124

 

Add/(deduct) tax effect of permanent differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assessable foreign income

 

5

 

3

 

8

 

26

 

Rebate of tax on dividends, interest etc

 

(13

)

(16

)

(29

)

(43

)

Foreign tax rate differences

 

25

 

11

 

36

 

1

 

Amortisation of goodwill

 

14

 

15

 

29

 

31

 

Future income tax benefits not recognised/(recognised)

 

(45

)

35

 

(10

)

7

 

Under/(over) provision in prior year

 

(32

)

3

 

(29

)

(9

)

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

15

 

16

 

31

 

33

 

Non-assessable branch income

 

(27

)

(17

)

(44

)

(36

)

Profit on sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

 

(95

)

Reversal of HomeSide non-lending loss provision

 

 

 

 

(19

)

Write-down of impaired application software

 

 

 

 

22

 

Reset tax values on entering tax consolidation-Wealth Management(1)

 

 

 

 

(150

)

Wealth Management revaluation (gain)/loss

 

(97

)

(13

)

(110

)

38

 

Profit on sale of Irish Banks

 

43

 

(332

)

(289

)

 

Provision in respect of tax dispute on TrUEPrSSM

 

97

 

 

97

 

 

Other

 

11

 

(11

)

 

(41

)

Total income tax expense on profit from ordinary activities excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

592

 

565

 

1,157

 

889

 

Income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

448

 

192

 

640

 

301

 

Total income tax expense

 

1,040

 

757

 

1,797

 

1,190

 

Effective tax rate excluding statutory funds attributable to the life insurance business

 

29.8

%

19.5

%

23.7

%

23.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

382

 

409

 

791

 

858

 

UK Banking

 

116

 

117

 

233

 

261

 

New Zealand Banking

 

78

 

79

 

157

 

161

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

45

 

45

 

90

 

99

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

(18

)

(2

)

(20

)

(17

)

Total Banking

 

603

 

648

 

1,251

 

1,362

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

448

 

192

 

640

 

301

 

Other

 

(34

)

37

 

3

 

(22

)

Revaluation profit/(loss) - ordinary

 

(13

)

3

 

(10

)

(3

)

Revaluation profit/(loss) - tax consolidations (1)

 

 

 

 

(150

)

Total income tax expense before significant items

 

1,004

 

880

 

1,884

 

1,488

 

Significant items

 

36

 

(123

)

(87

)

(298

)

Total income tax expense

 

1,040

 

757

 

1,797

 

1,190

 

 


(1)       Income tax benefit that arose due to the National’s election to consolidate for Australian income tax purposes.

 

89



 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Wealth Management operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items before income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,071

 

549

 

1,620

 

937

 

Overseas

 

41

 

63

 

104

 

55

 

Add/deduct: (Profit)/loss from ordinary activities before income tax expense attributable to the life insurance statutory funds and their controlled trusts

 

(1,106

)

(544

)

(1,650

)

(995

)

Total profit from ordinary activities excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business, before income tax expense

 

6

 

68

 

74

 

(3

)

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

2

 

20

 

22

 

(1

)

Add/(deduct) tax effect of permanent differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under/(over) provision in prior year

 

2

 

2

 

4

 

(8

)

Other

 

(38

)

15

 

(23

)

(13

)

Total income tax expense/(benefit) on operating profit excl. that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

(34

)

37

 

3

 

(22

)

Income tax attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

448

 

192

 

640

 

301

 

Total income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to cash earnings before significant items

 

414

 

229

 

643

 

279

 

Effective tax rate excluding statutory funds attributable to the life insurance business

 

large

 

54.4

%

4.1

%

large

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items before income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,331

 

1,351

 

2,682

 

2,890

 

Overseas

 

831

 

781

 

1,612

 

1,781

 

Total cash earnings before income tax

 

2,162

 

2,132

 

4,294

 

4,671

 

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

648

 

640

 

1,288

 

1,402

 

Add/(deduct) tax effect of permanent differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assessable foreign income

 

4

 

3

 

7

 

26

 

Rebate of tax on dividends, interest etc

 

(13

)

(16

)

(29

)

(43

)

Foreign tax rate differences

 

25

 

11

 

36

 

1

 

Distributions outside the Group

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Non-assessable branch income

 

(27

)

(17

)

(44

)

(36

)

Future income tax benefits not recognised/(recognised)

 

(11

)

26

 

15

 

 

Under/(over) provision in prior year

 

(34

)

1

 

(33

)

(1

)

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

15

 

16

 

31

 

33

 

Other

 

(4

)

(16

)

(20

)

(15

)

Total income tax expense on cash earnings before significant items

 

603

 

648

 

1,251

 

1,362

 

Effective tax rate

 

27.9

%

30.4

%

29.1

%

29.2

%

 

90



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 15: Significant Items

 

15. SIGNIFICANT ITEMS

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Disposal of Irish Banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

(21

)

2,514

 

2,493

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

40

 

(1,456

)

(1,416

)

 

Profit on sale of controlled entities

 

19

 

1,058

 

1,077

 

 

Income tax (expense)/benefit

 

(49

)

15

 

(34

)

 

Net profit on sale of controlled entities (1)

 

(30

)

1,073

 

1,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expenses

 

(435

)

(403

)

(838

)

 

Income tax benefit

 

111

 

121

 

232

 

 

Net restructuring expenses (1)

 

(324

)

(282

)

(606

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision in respect of tax dispute on TrUEPrSSM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (1)

 

(97

)

 

(97

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

34

 

34

 

(360

)

Income tax (expense)/benefit

 

 

(10

)

(10

)

108

 

Net foreign currency options trading losses (1)

 

 

24

 

24

 

(252

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PfG Restructuring provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reversal of PfG restructuring provision

 

2

 

9

 

11

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(1

)

(3

)

(4

)

 

Net reversal of PfG restructuring provision (1)

 

1

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposal of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

 

993

 

Cost of sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

 

(678

)

Net profit on sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of foreign controlled entities sold - revision of accounting estimate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reversal of HomeSide non-lending loss provision

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-down of impaired application software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Integrated Systems Implementation (ISI)

 

 

 

 

(200

)

Wealth Management Europe - Endeavour

 

 

 

 

(60

)

Other

 

 

 

 

(149

)

Write-down of impaired application software

 

 

 

 

(409

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

102

 

Net write-down of impaired application software

 

 

 

 

(307

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts - revision of accounting estimate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

(292

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

88

 

Net charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

(204

)

Significant items after tax

 

(450

)

821

 

371

 

(384

)

 


(1)       Refer to page 20 for further discussion.

 

91



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 16: Exchange Rates

 

16. EXCHANGE RATES

 

Exchange rates

 

 

 

Statement of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Performance

 

Statement of

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Year to

 

Spot as at

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

British Pounds

 

0.4198

 

0.4085

 

0.4141

 

0.4055

 

0.4326

 

0.4114

 

0.3973

 

Euros

 

0.6165

 

0.5883

 

0.6024

 

0.5970

 

0.6329

 

0.5974

 

0.5799

 

United States Dollars

 

0.7642

 

0.7667

 

0.7654

 

0.7265

 

0.7617

 

0.7726

 

0.7149

 

New Zealand Dollars

 

1.0863

 

1.0831

 

1.0847

 

1.1254

 

1.0991

 

1.0883

 

1.0682

 

 

Impact on Statement of Financial Performance of exchange rate movements

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Year to September 2005 since September 2004 Favourable/(unfavourable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

(41

)

31

 

(8

)

(1

)

(19

)

Other operating income

 

(20

)

16

 

(4

)

(6

)

(14

)

Other operating expenses

 

39

 

(24

)

5

 

2

 

22

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

4

 

(1

)

 

 

3

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

(5

)

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

(13

)

17

 

(7

)

(5

)

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half Year to September 2005 since March 2005 Favourable/(unfavourable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

(28

)

(1

)

 

 

(29

)

Other operating income

 

(14

)

(1

)

 

1

 

(14

)

Other operating expenses

 

27

 

1

 

 

 

28

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Income tax expense

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

(9

)

(1

)

 

1

 

(9

)

 

92



 

Impact on Statement of Financial Position of exchange rate movements

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Since 30 September 2004 increase/(decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

(1,602

)

(402

)

 

(38

)

(2,042

)

Term lending

 

(1,812

)

(393

)

(155

)

(63

)

(2,423

)

Overdrafts

 

(1,075

)

(32

)

 

 

(1,107

)

Leasing

 

(638

)

(1

)

 

(1

)

(640

)

Credit cards

 

(151

)

(28

)

 

 

(179

)

Other

 

(117

)

(18

)

 

(12

)

(147

)

Gross loans and advances

 

(5,395

)

(874

)

(155

)

(114

)

(6,538

)

Other assets

 

(4,381

)

(101

)

(411

)

(205

)

(5,098

)

Total assets

 

(9,776

)

(975

)

(566

)

(319

)

(11,636

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

(5,079

)

(721

)

(694

)

(225

)

(6,719

)

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Since 31 March 2005 increase/(decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

(749

)

(152

)

 

9

 

(892

)

Term lending

 

(1,112

)

(142

)

39

 

13

 

(1,202

)

Overdrafts

 

(257

)

(13

)

 

 

(270

)

Leasing

 

(313

)

 

 

 

(313

)

Credit cards

 

(75

)

(10

)

 

 

(85

)

Other

 

(138

)

18

 

 

(33

)

(153

)

Gross loans and advances

 

(2,644

)

(299

)

39

 

(11

)

(2,915

)

Other assets

 

(2,103

)

(20

)

105

 

3

 

(2,015

)

Total assets

 

(4,747

)

(319

)

144

 

(8

)

(4,930

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

(2,183

)

(254

)

115

 

83

 

(2,239

)

 

93



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 17: Capital Adequacy

 

17. CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

Regulatory capital position

 

Under guidelines issued by APRA, life insurance and funds management activities are excluded from the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and the related controlled entities are deconsolidated for the purposes of calculating capital adequacy. The intangible component of the investment in these controlled entities (the difference between the appraisal value and the embedded value) is deducted from Tier 1 capital, and the embedded value is deducted from the total of eligible Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Additionally, any profits from these activities included in the Group’s results are excluded from the determination of Tier 1 capital to the extent that they have not been remitted to the Company in the form of dividends. A reconciliation of capital under the different bases is provided.

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation to shareholders funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

11,486

 

11,322

 

10,191

 

Reserves

 

667

 

802

 

1,194

 

Retained profits

 

15,903

 

15,770

 

14,515

 

Outside equity interest

 

6,224

 

4,107

 

3,866

 

Estimated reinvestment under dividend reinvestment plan

 

152

 

151

 

150

 

Less:

Goodwill

 

(522

)

(571

)

(632

)

 

Estimated final dividend

 

(1,304

)

(1,293

)

(1,287

)

 

Intangible assets - Wealth Management

 

(2,448

)

(2,448

)

(2,448

)

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

(18

)

(17

)

(86

)

 

Deconsolidation of Wealth Management profits (net of dividends)

 

(799

)

(305

)

(349

)

 

FITB (excluding FITB on the general provision for doubtful debts) (1)

 

(143

)

(55

)

 

 

Non - qualifying outside equity interest

 

(6,224

)

(4,107

)

(3,866

)

 

Capitalised expenses

 

(195

)

(200

)

(200

)

Tier 1 capital

 

22,779

 

23,156

 

21,048

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

18

 

17

 

86

 

General provision for doubtful debts

 

1,443

 

1,415

 

1,480

 

Perpetual floating rate notes

 

328

 

324

 

350

 

Dated subordinated debts

 

7,422

 

8,475

 

9,044

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

1,231

 

1,262

 

1,262

 

Notional revaluation of investment securities to market

 

(18

)

 

(3

)

Tier 2 capital

 

10,424

 

11,493

 

12,219

 

Other deductions (2)

 

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

Total regulatory capital

 

30,281

 

31,727

 

30,345

 

Risk-weighted assets - credit risk

 

276,540

 

266,854

 

273,189

 

Risk-weighted assets - market risk (3)

 

13,293

 

12,294

 

13,616

 

Total risk-weighted assets (3)

 

289,833

 

279,148

 

286,805

 

Risk adjusted capital ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

7.86

%

8.30

%

7.34

%

Tier 2

 

3.60

%

4.12

%

4.26

%

Deductions

 

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

(1.02

)%

Total capital

 

10.45

%

11.37

%

10.58

%

 


(1)       APRA requires any excess FITB (excluding FITB impact on the general provision for doubtful debts) over the provision for deferred income tax liabilities be deducted from Tier 1 capital.

(2)       Represents $2,922 million investment in non-consolidated controlled entities, net of intangible component deducted from Tier 1 capital (Mar 05: $2,922 million, Sep 04: $2,922 million).

(3)       From 31 March 2004, risk-weighted assets - market risk is calculated based on the Standard Method.

 

94



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Adjusted common equity ratio reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

22,779

 

23,156

 

21,048

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

(1,945

)

(1,945

)

(1,945

)

Trust Preferred Securities

 

(975

)

(975

)

(975

)

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

(1,014

)

(1,014

)

 

Other deductions

 

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

Adjusted common equity

 

15,923

 

16,300

 

15,206

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 

289,833

 

279,148

 

286,805

 

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

5.49

%

5.84

%

5.30

%

 

Wealth Management capital adequacy position

 

The National conservatively manages the capital adequacy and solvency position of its Wealth Management entities separately from that of the banking business by reference to regulatory and internal requirements. The majority of the National’s Wealth Management entities are separately regulated and need to meet capital adequacy and solvency standards of APRA and equivalent non-Australian regulators. In addition, internal Board policy ensures that capital is held in excess of minimum regulatory capital requirements in order to provide a conservative buffer. There are two entities within the Wealth Management group with credit ratings, MLC Lifetime Company Limited and MLC Ltd, both of which have the same Standard and Poor’s long-term credit rating as the National (AA-).

 

The National also seeks to efficiently manage the capital base of the Wealth Management group and targets conservative levels of financial leverage to enhance shareholder value. The National targets an overall gearing ratio (debt to debt plus equity) for the Wealth Management group of 20% to 25%, which is consistent with a AA- credit rating. Equity for the purposes of this calculation represents the value of the National’s investment in Wealth Management plus subordinated hybrid instruments qualifying for equity credit for rating agency purposes (up to a maximum of 15% of total equity). Currently there are no such instruments on issue. As at 30 September 2005, the Wealth Management gearing ratio was 17% (31 March 2005: 17%, 30 September 2004: 16%) and interest cover was 12.7 times (31 March 2005: 10.8 times, 30 September 2004:  8.5 times).

 

The total deduction from the Group’s capital position in respect of Wealth Management entities at 30 September 2005 was $6,169 million (31 March 2005: $5,675 million, 30 September 2004: $5,719 million). The reconciliation between the market value of NAFiM subsidiaries and Wealth Management capital deduction is outlined below.

 

95



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of market value of NAFiM subsidiaries to Wealth Management deduction from capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAFiM subsidiaries market value

 

7,058

 

6,590

 

6,509

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liabilities of NAFiM not in the mark to market valuation environment

 

(290

)

(236

)

(96

)

Net assets of other Wealth Management entities not in the NAFiM group

 

45

 

42

 

48

 

Debt from the National used to fund acquisition of existing Europe and NZ businesses on 1 January 2002

 

(452

)

(472

)

(489

)

Market value uplift in NAFiM upon introduction of AASB 1038 in the year to September 2000

 

(217

)

(217

)

(217

)

Cumulative tax on revaluation profit and other adjustments

 

25

 

(32

)

(36

)

Total Wealth Management deduction from capital

 

6,169

 

5,675

 

5,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management deductions from tier 1 capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

2,448

 

2,448

 

2,448

 

Deconsolidation of Wealth Management profits (net of dividends)

 

799

 

305

 

349

 

Wealth Management deductions from total capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in non-consolidated controlled entities (net of intangible component deducted from Tier 1)

 

2,922

 

2,922

 

2,922

 

Total Wealth Management deduction from capital

 

6,169

 

5,675

 

5,719

 

 

For the purposes of determining the market valuation of NAFiM subsidiaries of $7,058 million, internal debt from the National of $452 million is eliminated. This debt relates to an internal restructure undertaken by the National in 2002.

 

On 1 January 2002, the life and insurance businesses of Bank of New Zealand and National Australia Group Europe were sold to NAFiM subsidiaries as part of an internal restructure for a total consideration of $677 million, representing the market value at that time. Wealth Management funded the consideration for these entities with debt from the National. Of the total debt outstanding, $452 million is included within the balance sheet of NAFiM subsidiaries in New Zealand and Europe. Using exchange rates as at the date of the transaction, this debt amounts to $494 million and corresponds to the gain on sale arising within the banking entities concerned. The balance of the transaction debt is included within NAFiM’s own balance sheet and is outside of the mark to market valuation environment.

 

The capital position of the National’s banking and Wealth Management entities are separately regulated and assessed. In accordance with this approach, the profit on sale of $494 million arising in the banking entities concerned is recorded as Tier 1 capital of the National.

 

96



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 18: Reconciliation of Number of Shares

 

18. RECONCILIATION OF NUMBER OF SHARES

 

 

 

Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

No. ’000

 

No. ’000

 

Ordinary shares, fully paid

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

1,550,784

 

1,503,956

 

Shares issued

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

6,916

 

21,206

 

Bonus share plan

 

4,562

 

3,364

 

Underwriting of dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

22,959

 

Staff share ownership plan

 

894

 

803

 

Staff share allocation plan

 

529

 

1,620

 

Executive option plan no. 2

 

1,795

 

2,225

 

Exchangeable capital units converted

 

1,611

 

7

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

97

 

116

 

Shares bought back

 

 

(5,472

)

 

 

1,567,188

 

1,550,784

 

Ordinary shares, partly paid to 25 cents

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

563

 

679

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

(97

)

(116

)

 

 

466

 

563

 

Total number of ordinary shares on issue at end of period

 

1,567,654

 

1,551,347

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

No. ’000

 

No. ’000

 

Ordinary shares, fully paid

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

1,558,324

 

1,550,784

 

Shares issued

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

3,233

 

3,683

 

Bonus share plan

 

1,938

 

2,624

 

Underwriting of dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

Staff share ownership plan

 

286

 

608

 

Staff share allocation plan

 

529

 

 

Executive option plan no. 2

 

1,199

 

596

 

Exchangeable capital units converted

 

1,609

 

2

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

70

 

27

 

Shares bought back

 

 

 

 

 

1,567,188

 

1,558,324

 

Ordinary shares, partly paid to 25 cents

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

536

 

563

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

(70

)

(27

)

 

 

466

 

536

 

Total number of ordinary shares on issue at end of period

 

1,567,654

 

1,558,860

 

 

97



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 19: Cash Earnings per Share

 

19. CASH EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Earnings ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items (2)

 

3,310

 

3,310

 

3,461

 

3,461

 

Potential dilutive adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

 

106

 

 

112

 

Adjusted cash earnings before significant items

 

3,310

 

3,416

 

3,461

 

3,573

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. ‘000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,559,118

 

1,559,118

 

1,515,270

 

1,515,270

 

Potential dilutive ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options and performance rights

 

 

1,876

 

 

711

 

Partly paid ordinary shares

 

 

321

 

 

375

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

 

64,911

 

 

65,454

 

Total weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,559,118

 

1,626,226

 

1,515,270

 

1,581,810

 

Cash earnings before significant items per share (cents)

 

212.3

 

210.1

 

228.5

 

226.0

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Earnings ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items (2)

 

1,692

 

1,692

 

1,618

 

1,618

 

Potential dilutive adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

 

53

 

 

53

 

Adjusted cash earnings before significant items

 

1,692

 

1,745

 

1,618

 

1,671

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. ‘000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,562,509

 

1,562,509

 

1,555,388

 

1,555,388

 

Potential dilutive weighted average ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options and performance rights

 

 

2,199

 

 

784

 

Partly paid ordinary shares

 

 

326

 

 

361

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

 

64,374

 

 

65,452

 

Total weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,562,509

 

1,629,408

 

1,555,388

 

1,621,985

 

Cash earnings before significant items per share (cents)

 

108.3

 

107.1

 

104.0

 

103.0

 

 


(1)       The weighted average diluted number of ordinary shares includes the impact of performance options, performance rights, partly paid ordinary shares and potential conversion of exchangeable capital units.

(2)       Refer to page 4 for a reconciliation of cash earnings before significant items to Group net profit.

 

98



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 20: Geographic Performance Summary

 

20. GEOGRAPHIC PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

 

The following table sets out the Group’s results from a pure geographic split (ie. based on the region in which the entity that booked the transactions is located). These geographic results are different from the Divisional management reporting structure due to the separate reporting of Asia and the geographic breakdown of Institutional Markets & Services and Other.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /
(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Cash earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

910

 

951

 

(4.3

)

1,861

 

1,993

 

(6.6

)

Wealth Management (ex Asia)

 

204

 

177

 

15.3

 

381

 

302

 

26.2

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

150

 

113

 

32.7

 

263

 

265

 

(0.8

)

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

(172

)

(162

)

(6.2

)

(334

)

(296

)

(12.8

)

Total Australia Region

 

1,092

 

1,079

 

1.2

 

2,171

 

2,264

 

(4.1

)

Europe (UK & Ireland)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

215

 

266

 

(19.2

)

481

 

594

 

(19.0

)

Wealth Management

 

14

 

31

 

(54.8

)

45

 

17

 

large

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

60

 

104

 

(42.3

)

164

 

112

 

46.4

 

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

52

 

20

 

large

 

72

 

(2

)

large

 

Total Europe Region

 

341

 

421

 

(19.0

)

762

 

721

 

5.7

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

160

 

159

 

0.6

 

319

 

296

 

7.8

 

Wealth Management

 

8

 

4

 

large

 

12

 

11

 

9.1

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

73

 

59

 

23.7

 

132

 

134

 

(1.5

)

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

5

 

1

 

large

 

6

 

(9

)

large

 

Total New Zealand Region

 

246

 

223

 

10.3

 

469

 

432

 

8.6

 

United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

9

 

21

 

(57.1

)

30

 

22

 

36.4

 

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

57

 

41

 

39.0

 

98

 

139

 

(29.5

)

Total United States Region

 

66

 

62

 

6.5

 

128

 

161

 

(20.5

)

Asia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

16

 

17

 

(5.9

)

33

 

18

 

83.3

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

13

 

11

 

18.2

 

24

 

25

 

(4.0

)

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

27

 

(100

)

large

 

(73

)

27

 

large

 

Total Asia Region

 

56

 

(72

)

large

 

(16

)

70

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

1,801

 

1,713

 

5.1

 

3,514

 

3,648

 

(3.7

)

 

Refer to the Divisional Performance Summary on page 4 for a reconciliation of cash earnings before significant items and distributions to net profit.

 

99



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 21: Risk Management

 

21. RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Market risk

 

The management of market risk has been discussed in detail in the Group’s annual financial report 2004, at Risk Management and Note 45 Derivative Financial Instruments and will be updated in the 2005 annual financial report. Please refer to that report for detailed information regarding the management of risk.

 

Trading risk

 

The following table shows the Group’s Value at Risk (VaR) for the Group’s trading portfolios, including both physical and derivative positions. The figures reflect the potential losses across products and regions in which the Group operates.

 

 

 

Average value

 

Minimum value

 

Maximum value

 

 

 

Year to

 

Year to (1)

 

Year to (1)

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Value at risk at 99% confidence level

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

3

 

7

 

1

 

1

 

7

 

39

 

Interest rate risk

 

13

 

13

 

9

 

7

 

18

 

21

 

Volatility risk

 

1

 

5

 

1

 

1

 

3

 

20

 

Commodities risk

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

Credit risk (2)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Diversification benefit

 

(3

)

(6

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Total

 

14

 

20

 

11

 

9

 

20

 

55

 

 

 

 

Average value

 

Minimum value

 

Maximum value

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Half Year to (1)

 

Half Year to (1)

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Value at risk at 99% confidence level

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

2

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

6

 

7

 

Interest rate risk

 

13

 

14

 

10

 

9

 

17

 

18

 

Volatility risk

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

3

 

1

 

Commodities risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Credit risk (2)

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Diversification benefit

 

(3

)

(3

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Total

 

14

 

15

 

11

 

11

 

18

 

20

 

 


(1)       Value at risk is measured individually according to foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, volatility risk and commodities risk. The individual risk categories do not sum up to the total risk number due to portfolio effect. Risk limits are applied in these categories separately, and against the total risk position.

(2)       As of 1st June 2005 Market Risk included Credit VaR as part of the internal Model calculation.

 

VaR is a statistically based loss estimate. The VaR produced in this report is calculated by revaluing trading portfolios using 517 one day holding period scenarios (reflecting 2 years of recent market history). The results from these scenarios are ranked to identify the 99th percentile loss.

 

100



 

Balance sheet risk

 

a) Structural interest rate risk

The table below presents a summary of the aggregated structural earnings at risk relating to non-trading assets and liabilities. Based on the structural interest rate risk position at balance date, the table shows the possible impact on net income for the year ending September 30, 2006 of an immediate 1% parallel movement in interest rates across the whole yield curve.

 

 

 

Forecast effect on net
income 2006 (1)

 

Forecast effect on net
income 2005 (2)

 

 

 

Rates

 

Rates

 

Rates

 

Rates

 

 

 

1% up

 

1% down

 

1% up

 

1% down

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australian operations

 

42

 

(42

)

50

 

(50

)

Non-Australian operations

 

10

 

(10

)

43

 

(44

)

 


(1)       Represents the forecast effect on net interest income for the year ending September 30, 2006 as calculated by the EaR Measure introduced during the year.

(2)       Represents the forecast effect on net interest income (as at September 30, 2004) for the year ending September 30, 2005.

 

b) Structural foreign exchange rate risk

Refer to the Group’s annual financial report 2004 at Risk Management for a detailed discussion of the management of these risks. This will be updated in the 2005 annual financial report.

 

Liquidity risk

Refer to the Group’s annual financial report 2004 at Risk Management for a detailed discussion of the management of these risks. This will be updated in the 2005 annual financial report.

 

Operational, credit & country risk

Refer to the Group’s annual financial report 2004 at Risk Management for a detailed discussion of the management of these risks. This will be updated in the 2005 annual financial report.

 

Derivatives fair values

This table shows the fair value of all derivative instruments held or issued by the Group. It includes trading and other than trading contracts.

 

 

 

As at 30 Sep 05

 

As at 30 Sep 04

 

 

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Fair

 

Notional

 

Credit

 

Fair

 

 

 

principal

 

equivalent

 

value

 

principal

 

equivalent

 

value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Foreign exchange rate-related contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

338,608

 

7,448

 

(526

)

299,331

 

6,796

 

(509

)

Cross currency swaps

 

160,016

 

11,939

 

(1,024

)

117,173

 

8,252

 

284

 

Futures

 

58

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

Options

 

38,414

 

715

 

(15

)

348,056

 

2,711

 

(190

)

 

 

537,096

 

20,102

 

(1,565

)

764,716

 

17,759

 

(415

)

Interest rate-related contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

117,273

 

19

 

3

 

117,048

 

37

 

(5

)

Swaps

 

830,429

 

10,348

 

302

 

706,667

 

10,846

 

110

 

Futures

 

320,503

 

 

 

217,995

 

 

14

 

Options

 

108,947

 

535

 

51

 

81,857

 

404

 

72

 

 

 

1,377,152

 

10,902

 

356

 

1,123,567

 

11,287

 

191

 

Other contracts

 

25,585

 

2,196

 

74

 

18,398

 

1,713

 

24

 

Total derivative financial instruments

 

1,939,833

 

33,200

 

(1,135

)

1,906,681

 

30,759

 

(200

)

Deduct : Non consolidated controlled entities

 

3,207

 

32

 

28

 

3,519

 

78

 

43

 

Total derivative financial instruments reported for capital adequacy

 

1,936,626

 

33,168

 

(1,163

)

1,903,162

 

30,681

 

(243

)

 

101



 

Detailed Financial Information – Note 22: Transition to Australian Equivalents of IFRS

 

22. TRANSITION TO AUSTRALIAN EQUIVALENTS OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS

 

In July 2002, the Financial Reporting Council in Australia formally announced that Australian reporting entities would be required to comply with Australian accounting standards equivalent to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) and other pronouncements set by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for financial years commencing on or after January 1, 2005.

 

The Group is required to adopt these standards for the financial year commencing October 1, 2005 and they will be first reflected in the Group’s financial statements for the half-year ending March 31, 2006.  Comparative financial information prepared in compliance with AIFRS is required for the financial year commencing October 1, 2004. Comparative information is not required for AASB 132 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation” (AASB 132), AASB 139 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (AASB 139) and AASB 4 “Insurance Contracts” (AASB 4).

 

A program board is monitoring the Group’s AIFRS implementation. Dedicated work streams evaluated the impact of specific accounting standards and managed the necessary changes to processes and systems. These changes are now substantially complete. AIFRS financial information has been collected during the financial year ended September 30, 2005.

 

AIFRS frequently require application of fair value measurement techniques. This will potentially introduce greater volatility to the Group’s reported financial performance. The adoption of these standards has a material effect on the Group’s reported financial position, however, the underlying economics of the business will not change.

 

Two types of adjustments arise from the transition to AIFRS:

                  those concerning recognition and measurement of items in the financial statements; and

                  those concerning presentation and disclosure of items in the financial statements.

 

Recognition and measurement adjustments that arise as a result of the transition process are recognised in either retained earnings or an appropriate equity reserve at the date of transition. They will affect reported profit or equity for periods after that date.

 

Presentation and disclosure adjustments do not impact total equity or retained earnings, other than a reclassification of outside equity interests from equity to liabilities.

 

The transition to AIFRS changes a number of the Group’s accounting policies. Based on AIFRS as currently issued, the areas of most significant impact and the transitional adjustments arising from application of AIFRS are summarised below. These adjustments are our best estimates at reporting date and are subject to change.

 

There are future changes expected to AIFRS that the Group will need to address, including Phase II of the IASB’s insurance project. The Group continues to monitor these and other developments, including emerging industry practice, additional guidance relating to application of AIFRS and interpretations subject to international debate. These developments may require future changes to Group accounting policy. These changes may be reflected in the Group’s March 31, 2006 financial report, or a later financial report as appropriate.

 

The quantified impacts of the application of relevant AIFRS on total equity and profit as discussed below have been presented in tables at the end of this note. All adjustments have been presented on a pre-tax basis. Issues arising from AIFRS standards applicable from October 1, 2004 have been segregated from those arising from standards applicable from October 1, 2005.

 

Transitional adjustments as at October 1, 2004

 

(a) Defined benefit pension plans

 

AIFRS requires defined benefit pension and superannuation plan surpluses and deficits to be recognised on the balance sheet. Consequently, a transitional adjustment is required to recognise defined benefit pension surpluses and deficits on the balance sheet with a corresponding entry made to retained earnings.

 

The transitional adjustments in accordance with AASB 119 “Employee Benefits” (AASB 119), for each of the Group’s material pension and superannuation plans have been, in the case of Australia and New Zealand, calculated based upon a roll forward of the last triennial actuarial valuations performed between 2002 and 2003. For the European funds (including those relating to the Irish Banks), the transitional adjustments have been based upon triennial actuarial valuations undertaken as at September 30, 2004.

 

The Group has recognised a defined benefit pension liability at October 1, 2004 of $1,280 million relating to the Group’s European pension plans. A defined benefit pension asset of $130 million has been recognised relating to the Group’s New Zealand and Australian pension plans.  Additionally, the net prepaid pension cost asset recognised under Australian GAAP of $578 million, predominantly in respect of the Yorkshire Bank and

 

102



 

Bank of New Zealand pension and superannuation plans, is derecognised upon transition to AIFRS at October 1, 2004.

 

In total, the decrease to retained earnings at October 1, 2004 is $1,728 million. The value of the net defined benefit pension liability for financial reporting purposes does not impact the assessment of funding requirements for the plans.

 

AASB 119 was amended in December 2004 to permit the application of three options for the recognition of ongoing actuarial gains and losses related to defined benefit pension and superannuation plans. In respect of ongoing actuarial gains and losses, the standard now permits: full and immediate recognition through the income statement; deferred recognition through the income statement (corridor approach); or full and immediate recognition directly through retained earnings.

 

The Group has determined that it will recognise full actuarial gains and losses directly in retained earnings.  While the choice of option will impact the income statement subsequent to transition, it does not impact the calculation of the transitional adjustment. The amendment does not impact other components of pension expense, which will continue to be recognised in the income statement.

 

For the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 the expense calculated in accordance with AASB 119 was $36 million less than had been recorded under Australian GAAP.

 

Additionally, there was an actuarial loss of $68 million, resulting in a decrease in retained earnings and an increase in the net accounting deficit recognised in respect of defined benefit pension plans.

 

The Irish Banks were sold on February 28, 2005. The net profit on sale of the Irish Banks reported as a significant item under Australian GAAP in the year ended September 30, 2005 was $1,043 million. For the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 the net profit on sale of the Irish Banks was $1,313 million, an increase of $270 million. The increase is largely due to the impact of recognising the defined benefit pension liabilities in respect of the Irish Banks at October 1, 2004.

 

(b) Wealth Management revaluation – excess of market value over net assets (EMVONA)

 

On transition to AIFRS, EMVONA is derecognised and revaluation movements will no longer be recognised in the Group’s income statement.

 

Broadly, EMVONA represents:

                  acquired goodwill in respect of life insurance controlled entities remaining at balance date;

                  increases in the value of goodwill of the controlled entities since acquisition; and

                  the difference between the values assigned to assets and liabilities of the controlled entity within the Group’s financial report and those in the report of the controlled entity arising due to valuation methodology differences.

 

The whole of the EMVONA balance of $4,905 million is written off to retained earnings upon transition to AIFRS. Under AASB 1 “First-time Adoption of Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards” (AASB 1), EMVONA will be partially replaced by acquired goodwill of $4,094 million and other items, including intangible assets relating to past acquisitions, of $73 million. The net decrease in retained earnings is $738 million.

 

Under AASB 1, the goodwill recognised does not include any notional amortisation from the date of acquisition until AIFRS transition. On an ongoing basis the goodwill will be subject to an annual impairment test. The other intangible assets recognised (management agreements), will be amortised over a period equivalent to their useful life and will be reviewed for any indication of impairment at each reporting date.

 

During the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 revaluation uplift in EMVONA of $335 million was recognised under Australian GAAP. This amount has been reversed in the AIFRS comparative income statement. Additionally, $47 million relating to foreign exchange movements arising upon consolidation of Wealth Management’s life insurance foreign subsidiaries has been reversed to the foreign currency translation reserve.

 

(c) Consolidation of special purpose entities

 

As at October 1, 2004 the AIFRS consolidation rules require the Group to consolidate all securitisation special purpose entities that were not previously consolidated under Australian GAAP. The consolidation rules impact both existing and new securitisation arrangements involving the Group’s assets and those of its customers. Special purpose entities require consolidation where the Group has access to the majority of the residual income or is exposed to the majority of the residual risk associated with the special purpose entity.

 

The opening adjustment as at October 1, 2004 is a gross up of assets and liabilities of $5,732 million and $5,734 million respectively, with a corresponding minimal impact on total equity. During the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 the impact on profit before tax arising from the consolidation of these entities is immaterial.

 

103



 

As a consequence of the impact of AIFRS, during the year ended September 30, 2005 the Group commenced making structural changes to special purpose entities involved in certain securitisation programs. For AIFRS reporting purposes, these changes allowed deconsolidation of one of the entities as at April 1, 2005. Two more entities were deconsolidated as at October 1, 2005.

 

(d) Taxation

 

AASB 112 “Income Taxes” (AASB 112), requires the Group to adopt a balance sheet approach to determining deferred tax items, based upon a comparison of accounting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities with their tax base. This method identifies a broader range of differences than those that arise currently under Australian GAAP.

 

At October 1, 2004 the application of AASB 112 resulted in adjustments including an increase in deferred tax assets of $449 million and a decrease in deferred tax liabilities of $81 million. These adjustments have increased retained earnings by $558 million and decreased the asset revaluation reserve by $38 million.  These adjustments arise mainly from the tax impacts of the AIFRS transitional adjustments arising as at October 1, 2004.

 

During the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 the income tax expense was $10 million less than that recognised under Australian GAAP.

 

(e) Share-based payments

 

AIFRS introduces the requirement for the Group to recognise an expense in respect of all share-based remuneration (performance options, performance rights and shares issued to employees) determined with reference to the fair value of the equity instruments issued. The fair value of performance options and performance rights is calculated using an appropriate valuation technique, based upon an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties. The fair value of shares issued under the staff share schemes is determined by reference to the market price.

 

The fair value of the performance options and performance rights at grant date will be expensed over their expected vesting period on a straight-line basis. The fair value of shares issued under the staff share schemes will be recognised as an expense when issued.

 

Under the exemption provided in AASB 1, the Group has not applied AASB 2 “Share-based Payment” to equity instruments issued prior to November 7, 2002. The transitional adjustment at October 1, 2004 is therefore calculated in respect of performance options and performance rights granted from November 7, 2002 that remain unvested at January 1, 2005.

 

The opening transitional adjustment as at October 1, 2004 is an increase in the executive share option reserve of $34 million, with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

For the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 the expense for share based payments is $66 million, representing:

                  $21 million expense in respect of shares issued under the staff share schemes, with a corresponding increase in contributed equity; and

                  $45 million expense in respect of performance options and performance rights vesting through the financial year, with a corresponding increase in the executive share option reserve.

 

(f) Goodwill, intangible assets and impairment

 

Upon transition to AIFRS goodwill will no longer be amortised. Instead, goodwill will be tested for impairment annually and assessed for any indication of impairment at each reporting date to ensure that its carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount. If an impairment loss is identified, it will be recognised immediately in the income statement. No impairment of goodwill was identified at October 1, 2004.

 

During the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 goodwill amortisation of $97 million was recognised under Australian GAAP. This amount has been reversed in the AIFRS comparative income statement. No impairment of goodwill was identified for the AIFRS comparative year.

 

Intangible assets other than goodwill will be amortised on a systematic basis that best reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the assets’ benefits over their respective useful lives.

 

(g) Foreign currency translation

 

Under the exemption provided in AASB 1, the Group has reset the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) to nil as at October 1, 2004 resulting in an increase in retained earnings of $166 million.

 

Translation differences in relation to foreign controlled entities subsequent to transition to AIFRS will continue to be recorded in the FCTR. The gain or loss recognised in the income statement on a future disposal of a foreign controlled entity will include any translation differences that arose after October 1, 2004. The impact on the FCTR of the sale of the Irish Banks on February 28, 2005 was immaterial.

 

104



 

(h) Wealth Management investment business – revenue and expense recognition

 

Under Australian GAAP, acquisition costs, net of initial commission revenue, relating to acquiring new investment business, are deferred and subsequently recognised in the income statement over the average life of the contracts. Under AIFRS, initial commission revenue will be recognised at the inception of the contract. Similarly, costs will be recognised and expensed as they are incurred.

 

The AIFRS adjustment as at October 1, 2004 is in respect of contracts issued by entities other than life insurance entities and represents a write off of the cumulative deferred acquisition costs asset of $100 million to retained earnings.

 

During the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 the increase in the deferred acquisition costs asset recognised under Australian GAAP of $12 million has been reversed in the AIFRS comparative income statement.

 

(i) Treasury shares

 

Under Australian GAAP, direct investments in National Australia Bank Limited shares by the Group’s life insurance statutory funds are recognised within investments relating to life insurance business in the balance sheet at market value. On transition to AIFRS, these investments will be classified as treasury shares and deducted from share capital. The opening adjustment at October 1, 2004 is:

                  a decrease of $551 million in investments relating to life insurance business, being the market value of the investments;

                  a decrease of $645 million in contributed equity, being the cost of the investments; and

                  an increase of $94 million in retained earnings, being the reversal of the cumulative opening market value decrement.

 

During the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 realised and unrealised gains and losses and dividend income totalling $167 million relating to treasury shares were recognised in the income statement under Australian GAAP. For the purposes of the AIFRS comparative income statement these amounts are reversed. The required adjustments are:

                  a decrease of $164 million in investments relating to life insurance business;

                  a decrease of $7 million in contributed equity;

                  a decrease of $167 million in profit before tax; and

                  an increase of $10 million in retained earnings, being dividend income earned during the year less realised losses.

 

At the consolidated Group level, these adjustments remove the treasury share asset from the balance sheet along with any corresponding income statement movement. However, the corresponding insurance contract liabilities and related income statement movement in the value of those liabilities, remains upon consolidation. This accounting mismatch results in the movements in treasury share assets impacting net profit.

 

(j) Asset revaluation reserve

 

Under Australian GAAP, the Group carries all land and buildings at fair value. Valuation increments and decrements are offset against one another within the global group of land and buildings with the net movement being reflected in the asset revaluation reserve. In contrast, AASB 116 “Property, Plant and Equipment”, requires that valuation increments and decrements are accounted for on an asset by asset basis.

 

Upon transition to AIFRS, the Group will continue to carry all land and buildings at fair value. The balance of the asset revaluation reserve has been restated to reflect the cumulative movements on property revaluations on an asset by asset basis. At October 1, 2004 the required adjustments are an increase in the asset revaluation reserve of $150 million with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

During the AIFRS comparative year ended September 30, 2005 $56 million has been transferred from the asset revaluation reserve to retained earnings. The majority of this amount reflects the additional revaluation amounts recognised at October 1, 2004 in respect of the Irish Banks, which are released to retained earnings upon sale of the Irish Banks on February 28, 2005.

 

Transitional adjustments as at October 1, 2005

 

The following transitional adjustments relate to application of AASB 132, AASB 139 and AASB 4 as at October 1, 2005.

 

(k) Recognition of derivative financial instruments and hedging

 

Under AIFRS, the Group will be required to recognise all derivative financial instruments at fair value on the balance sheet, irrespective of whether the instrument is used in a hedging relationship or otherwise.

 

105



 

Where fair value hedge accounting criteria are met, fair value changes on both the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) and the hedging instrument will be recognised directly in the income statement. Where cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, the carrying value of the hedged item is not adjusted and the fair value changes on the related hedging instrument (to the extent the hedge is effective) are deferred in the cash flow hedge reserve. This amount will then be transferred to the income statement at the time the hedged item affects the income statement. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement immediately.

 

It should be noted that the underlying economics and risks of the Group will not change. The change in hedge accounting requirements affects only the manner by which the Group will account for the way it mitigates its interest rate, foreign currency and credit risk. Under AIFRS, the Group will use a combination of approaches with a predominance of cash flow hedge accounting to minimise income statement volatility attributable to the fair value movements of derivatives. As a consequence, this will create volatility in the balance of the cash flow hedge reserve within equity.

 

All hedging arrangements are subject to rigorous effectiveness testing and where an arrangement fails effectiveness tests, hedge accounting cannot be applied and fair value changes on the hedging instrument will generally be recognised in the income statement. This raises the potential for income statement volatility.

 

Whilst hedge accounting rules may alter the accounting for the Group’s interest rate risk management activities, the treatment of trading derivatives is not expected to be affected by hedge accounting. In certain circumstances, derivatives currently accounted for within a hedging relationship under Australian GAAP have been reclassified to trading derivatives upon transition to AIFRS.

 

In some situations, the Group will either be unable to achieve hedge accounting or it will not be the most appropriate approach. Where this is the case, the Group will in certain circumstances seek to minimise the impact of the fair value measurement requirements by designating both the item that is subject to an economic hedge and the accompanying derivative instrument as at “fair value through profit and loss”.  Both the underlying item and the derivative instrument are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet and movements in fair values are recognised immediately in the income statement. The effect of this is to reflect the economic substance of the transaction and reduce income statement volatility.

 

At October 1, 2005 the Group will recognise the following adjustments attributable to derivative financial instruments and hedging:

                  initial recognition of non hedging derivatives at fair value will increase assets by $389 million and increase liabilities by $581 million. The corresponding decrease in retained earnings is $192 million.

                  initial recognition of derivatives designated within a fair value hedge relationship will increase assets by $323 million and decrease liabilities by $13 million. The corresponding increase in retained earnings is $336 million.

                  where the Group has designated a financial asset or liability within a fair value hedge, an adjustment is required to remeasure those assets or liabilities at fair value. A decrease in assets of $118 million and an increase in liabilities of $235 million arises. The corresponding decrease in retained earnings is $353 million.

                  initial recognition of derivatives designated within a cash flow hedge relationship will decrease assets by $40 million and decrease liabilities by $28 million. The corresponding impacts on equity are an adjustment to the cash flow hedge reserve of $6 million and a decrease in retained earnings of $6 million.

                  where the Group has designated a financial asset or liability as at “fair value through profit and loss” an adjustment is required to remeasure those assets or liabilities at fair value. An increase in assets of $282 million (net of an amount of approximately $100 million reclassified from the provision for doubtful debts) and an increase in liabilities of $29 million arises. The corresponding increase in retained earnings is $353 million.

 

(l) Loan loss provisioning

 

Under AIFRS, the Group will recognise loan impairment (currently referred to as provision for doubtful debts) when objective evidence is available that a loss event has occurred and as a consequence the Group will not likely receive all amounts owed to it. Loan impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the present value of future expected cash flows associated with the loan discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate.

 

Significant loans are individually assessed for impairment. Smaller loans will not be individually assessed but impairment tested in portfolios based upon similar risk profiles. Objective evidence of impairment will be based on historical experience for such portfolios, adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions at each balance date.

 

106



 

The transitional adjustment at October 1, 2005 is a decrease in the total provision for doubtful debts of approximately $350 million with a corresponding increase in retained earnings. In addition there is an amount of approximately $100 million that will be allocated against financial assets carried at fair value due to the reclassification of certain loans within the Group. This latter item is a reclassification only and does not impact shareholders’ equity.

 

These adjustments may be subject to change given ongoing developments in industry interpretation and practice relating to loan loss provisioning under AIFRS.

 

(m) Revenue recognition – effective yield

 

Under Australian GAAP loan origination and other fee revenue is either recognised immediately in the income statement or deferred in the balance sheet and amortised as an adjustment to yield over the expected life of the loan. Under AIFRS a greater volume of fees will be deferred and amortised over the expected life of the respective loans. Revenue that is deferred must be amortised on an effective interest rate basis. AIFRS also requires deferral of related costs where these are both direct and incremental to origination of the loan.

 

At October 1, 2005 assets will decrease by $371 million to re-recognise fee revenue and costs previously recorded in the income statement. The corresponding entry is a decrease to retained earnings.

 

(n) Valuation of financial instruments using bid and offer prices

 

AASB 139 requires that in valuing financial instruments at fair value, the appropriate quoted market price to be used is usually the bid or offer price. Currently, all financial instruments of the Group measured at fair value and transacted in an active market are valued at the mid price. Under AASB 139 it is acceptable to continue to use the mid price where there is an offsetting market risk position. Consequently, where there is no offsetting market risk position, an adjustment is required to remeasure those assets and liabilities at either the bid or offer price instead of the mid price.

 

At October 1, 2005 the Group will adjust the carrying value of financial assets and liabilities to value them on a bid or offer basis where required under AIFRS. This results in the recognition of a liability of $16 million with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

(o) Classification of hybrid financial instruments

 

AIFRS requires the debt and equity elements of hybrid financial instruments to be separately recognised and accounted for.

 

The Group has on issue Exchangeable capital units currently classified as a liability. Under AIFRS these instruments are a compound financial instrument and the equity component will be reclassified to contributed equity. This will result in a net increase in contributed equity of $103 million. In addition a net adjustment has been made to the remaining liability to reflect the impact of both the initial discount and subsequent accretion from the date of issuance up to October 1, 2005.

 

In addition, recent International Accounting Standards Board discussions relating to an International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee interpretation, may change the accounting treatment of other hybrid debt instruments the Group has on issue.  The Group is assessing the potential impact of this decision.

 

(p) Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

 

AIFRS contains more specific and stringent requirements prior to the Group being able to derecognise financial assets and liabilities from the balance sheet. Furthermore, the Group is required to review and consider the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset or whether the obligation specified within the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired prior to the derecognition of a financial liability.

 

At October 1, 2005 this will result in the Group re-recognising $60 million of customer related financial liabilities on the balance sheet with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

(q) Insurance contracts – Wealth Management

 

Under AIFRS, contracts that do not have significant insurance risk will no longer be treated as insurance contracts but as financial instruments. For non-insurance contracts which will be accounted for as financial instruments, acquisition costs are currently deferred and subsequently recognised in the income statement under Australian GAAP. In contrast, under AIFRS costs will be recognised and expensed as they are incurred.

 

The AIFRS adjustment as at October 1, 2005 represents a write off of the cumulative deferred acquisition costs included in net policy liabilities of life insurance entities of $378 million to retained earnings.

 

Those contracts that continue to meet the definition of an insurance contract will be accounted for under an amended Margin on Services approach.  On transition to AIFRS, the actuarial calculation of policyholder liabilities will be based on discount rates different to that currently used under Australian GAAP. At October 

 

107



 

1, 2005 this will decrease policyholder liabilities by $17 million with a corresponding increase in retained earnings.

 

(r) Reclassification of outside equity interests

 

On transition to AIFRS, the outside equity interests in controlled unit trusts of the life companies will no longer be defined as equity. As a result, the Group has reclassified outside equity interests in controlled unit trusts to liabilities. As at October 1, 2005, this will result in an increase in liabilities and a corresponding decrease in equity of $6,224 million.

 

(s) Taxation

 

The tax impacts of the transitional adjustments arising as at October 1 2005 include an increase in deferred tax assets of $98 million and an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $119 million. The corresponding impacts on equity are an adjustment to cash flow hedge reserve of $3 million and a decrease in retained earnings of $24 million.

 

Format of financial statements

 

In addition to the transitional adjustments detailed above, which will impact the measurement and recognition of certain items, the adoption of AIFRS will introduce a number of changes to the format of the income statement, balance sheet and other financial statement disclosures. In general, these changes introduce more detail rather than less to the required disclosures.

 

Capital implications

 

The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) released a discussion paper in February 2005, outlining its proposed approach to calculation of regulatory capital following the adoption of AIFRS. Several of the transitional adjustments detailed above affect the calculation of the Group’s regulatory capital and are affected by APRA’s proposed approach. The Group is working with APRA and the Australian banking industry to ensure these implications are fully understood. APRA have yet to release their final pronouncements in this regard.

 

It is important to note that APRA’s proposals will not take effect until July 1, 2006 and the calculation of regulatory capital will remain unchanged until then.

 

108



 

Reconciliation of total equity as at October 1, 2004

 

 

 

Note

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported under Australian GAAP as at September

 

 

 

29,766

 

AIFRS October 1, 2004 adjustments to total equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of defined benefit pension liability

 

(a)

 

(1,280

)

Recognition of defined benefit pension asset

 

(a)

 

130

 

Derecognition of net prepaid pension asset

 

(a)

 

(578

)

Derecognition of EMVONA

 

(b)

 

(738

)

Transfer to executive share option reserve

 

(e)

 

(34

)

Transfer from foreign currency translation reserve

 

(g)

 

166

 

Revenue and expense recognition - investment contracts

 

(h)

 

(100

)

Reversal of market value decrement on treasury shares

 

(i)

 

94

 

Transfer to asset revaluation reserve

 

(j)

 

(150

)

Other

 

 

 

(144

)

Tax effect of transitional adjustments and application of tax effect accounting

 

(d)

 

558

 

Impacts on contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

(i)

 

(645

)

Impacts on reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from retained earnings to executive share option reserve

 

(e)

 

34

 

Transfer from foreign currency translation reserve to retained earnings

 

(g)

 

(166

)

Increase to asset revaluation reserve (gross amount is $150 million)

 

(j)

 

112

 

Total adjustments to equity as at October 1, 2004

 

 

 

(2,741

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at October 1, 2004

 

 

 

27,025

 

 

Reconciliation of net profit for the year ended September 30, 2005

 

 

 

Note

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

Net profit as reported under Australian GAAP for the year ended

 

 

 

4,132

 

AIFRS adjustments to net profit:

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to defined benefit pension expense

 

(a)

 

36

 

Reversal of revaluation movements relating to life insurance entities (EMVONA)

 

(b)

 

(335

)

Share-based payments expense

 

(e)

 

(66

)

Reversal of goodwill amortisation

 

(f)

 

97

 

Revenue and expense recognition – investment contracts

 

(h)

 

(12

)

Reversal of realised and unrealised gains and dividend income on treasury shares

 

(i)

 

(167

)

Other

 

 

 

24

 

Tax effect of above adjustments

 

(d)

 

10

 

Adjustment to net profit before significant items

 

 

 

(413

)

Adjustment to significant item relating to the sale of the Irish Banks

 

(a)

 

270

 

Total AIFRS adjustment to net profit

 

 

 

(143

)

Net profit measured under AIFRS for the year ended September 30,

 

 

 

3,989

 

 

109



 

Reconciliation of total equity as at September 30, 2005

 

 

 

Note

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported under Australian GAAP as at September

 

 

 

34,280

 

Total adjustments to equity as at October 1, 2004 – reconciled

 

 

 

(2,741

)

AIFRS adjustments to net profit for the year ended September

 

 

 

(143

)

AIFRS adjustments to equity for the year ended September 30, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial movements on defined benefit pension plans

 

(a)

 

(68

)

Derecognition of dividend income and realised gains/losses on treasury shares

 

(i)

 

10

 

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

 

 

 

56

 

Impact on contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of share-based payments

 

(e)

 

21

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

(i)

 

(7

)

Impact on reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to executive share option reserve

 

(e)

 

45

 

Adjustment to foreign currency translation reserve

 

(b)

 

(47

)

Adjustment to asset revaluation reserve (gross amount is $56 million)

 

(j)

 

(42

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at September 30, 2005

 

 

 

31,364

 

 

Reconciliation of total equity as at October 1, 2005

 

 

 

Note

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

Total equity as measured under AIFRS as at September 30, 2005

 

 

 

31,364

 

AIFRS October 1, 2005 adjustments to total equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of non hedging derivatives

 

(k)

 

(192

)

Recognition of fair value hedging derivatives

 

(k)

 

336

 

Fair value hedge adjustment to underlying hedged items

 

(k)

 

(353

)

Adjustment to assets and liabilities recorded at “fair value through profit and

 

(k)

 

353

 

Loan loss provisioning

 

(l)

 

350

 

Revenue recognition – effective yield

 

(m)

 

(371

)

Valuation of financial instruments at bid and offer price

 

(n)

 

(16

)

Recognition of discount upon reclassification of financial liabilities

 

(o)

 

(81

)

Rerecognition of customer related liabilities

 

(p)

 

(60

)

Derecognition of deferred acquisition costs – life insurance contracts

 

(q)

 

(378

)

Adjustment to policyholder liabilities due to changes in discount rates

 

(q)

 

17

 

Other

 

 

 

(38

)

Tax effect of above transitional adjustments

 

(s)

 

(24

)

Impact on contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of hybrid instruments (1)

 

(o)

 

103

 

Impact on reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of cash flow hedging derivatives within cash flow hedge reserve
(gross amount is $6 million)

 

(k)

 

(3

)

Reclassification of outside equity interest to liabilities

 

(r)

 

(6,224

)

Total adjustments to equity as at October 1, 2005

 

 

 

(6,581

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at October 1, 2005

 

 

 

24,783

 

 


(1)          As a consequence of decisions of the International Accounting Standards Board, further reclassifications are possible.

 

110



 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

Cash earnings

 

Cash earnings is defined as follows:

 

Net profit

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

Outside equity interest

 

 

 

Distributions

 

 

 

Revaluation profit/(loss) after tax

 

 

 

Add:

 

 

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

Cash earnings

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings is a key performance measure and financial target used by the Group. Dividends paid by the Company are based on after-tax cash earnings (adjusted for significant items).

 

Cash earnings is a key performance measure used by the investment community, as well as by those Australian peers of the Group with a similar business portfolio.

 

Cash earnings does not refer to, or in any way purport to represent the cash flows, funding or liquidity position of the Group. It does not refer to any amount represented on a Cash Flow Statement.

 

Adjustments are made between net profit and cash earnings as follows:

                  Outside equity interest - this reflects the allocation of profit to minority interests in the Group, and is adjusted from net profit to reflect the amount of net profit that is attributable to ordinary shareholders

                  Distributions – this reflects payments to holders of National Income Securities, Trust units and Trust Preferred Securities, and is adjusted from net profit to reflect the amount of net profit that is attributable to ordinary shareholders

                  Revaluation profit/(loss) – relates to the movement in net market value (including the value of intangible assets) of investments in life insurance controlled entities recorded on the balance sheet in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. As it relates to an intangible asset, management believes it is prudent to isolate this amount from the underlying operating result. It is separately identified and discussed in detail. Management further wish to separate this, as the method for accounting for the value of life insurance controlled entities is not comparable on an international basis.

                  Goodwill amortisation - relates to the straight-line method of amortising goodwill (an intangible asset recorded on the balance sheet) in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. Financial statement users generally do not regard goodwill amortisation expense as being useful information in analysing investments. As it relates to an intangible asset, management believes it is prudent to isolate this amount from the underlying operating result.

 

Cash earnings before significant items (and net profit before significant items)

 

Under Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1018(5.4) “when a revenue or an expense from ordinary activities is of such a size, nature or incidence that its disclosure is relevant in explaining the financial performance of the entity for the reporting period and its disclosure is not otherwise required by this or another Standard, its nature and amount must be disclosed separately either on the face of the statement of financial performance or in the notes in the financial report”.

 

The Group has identified such items as ‘significant items’ on its Performance Summaries.

 

Management believe that the inclusion of these items distorts the underlying operating results of the Group and cause difficulty in identifying underlying performance trends and issues. Through the clear separation and identification of these items the Group ensures that they are identified and discussed in full, as well as ensuring that the underlying performance is highlighted and discussed in full.

 

111



 

Cost to income ratio

 

The cost to income ratio for the Banking divisions is calculated as total costs (defined in table below) divided by total income (defined in table below):

 

Total expenses

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

Life insurance expenses

 

 

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

Significant expenses

 

 

 

Total costs for purposes of cost to income ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

Life insurance income

 

 

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

Total income for purposes of cost to income ratio

 

 

 

 

The cost to income ratio calculated on this basis is a standard efficiency measure used widely across the Australian banking industry. In the above income calculation, National’s does not include net life insurance income and the pre-tax equivalent gross up of certain structured finance transactions.

 

112



 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

 

Asset Quality

 

17 & 87

 

Australia Results

 

26

 

Australian Banking

 

28

 

Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

 

70

 

Capital

 

23 & 94

 

Cash Earnings Per Share

 

98

 

Cost to Income Ratio

 

7

 

Deposits & Other Borrowings

 

78

 

Detailed Financial Information

 

57

 

Diluted Cash Earnings Per Share

 

98

 

Divisional Performance Summary

 

4

 

Doubtful Debts

 

86

 

Exchange Rates

 

92

 

Full Time Equivalent Employees

 

85

 

Geographic Performance Summary

 

99

 

Group Key Performance Measures

 

7

 

Group Performance Summary

 

5

 

Income Tax Expense

 

19 & 89

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

50

 

International Financial Reporting Standards (Transition to Australian Equivalents of)

 

102

 

Investment Earnings on Shareholders Retained Profits & Capital of Life Businesses

 

14

 

Irish Banks Reconciliation

 

64

 

Loans & Advances

 

75

 

Net Interest Income

 

12 & 67

 

Net Interest Margins & Spreads

 

68

 

Net Life Insurance Income

 

80

 

Net Operating Income Before Tax

 

12

 

New Zealand Results

 

47

 

Non-GAAP financial measures

 

111

 

Operating Expenses

 

83

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

55

 

Other Operating Income

 

81

 

Overview

 

9

 

Performance Summary by Division

 

58

 

Performance Summary for Total Banking

 

62

 

Performance Summary for Total Banking excluding Irish Banks

 

63

 

Profitability

 

12

 

Reconciliation of Number of Shares

 

97

 

Reporting Format

 

2

 

Return on Assets

 

7

 

Return on Equity

 

7

 

Revenue

 

81

 

Risk Management

 

100

 

Risk-weighted Assets

 

94

 

Significant Items

 

20 & 91

 

Summary of Financial Position

 

6

 

UK Results

 

40

 

Wealth Management Australia

 

31

 

 

113



 

 


www.nabgroup.com
©2005 National Australia Bank Limited ABN 12 004 044 937
26326 (10/05)

 

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

 

NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

   /s/ Garry F Nolan

 

 

Garry F Nolan

 

Date:   9 November 2005

Title:       Company Secretary